CN103282717B - The stocking system of temperature stabilization - Google Patents

Abstract

There is described herein the equipment used together with thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.These comprise so a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a storage material module, stabilizer unit, a storage material module lid and a central stabilizer unit.This equipment also comprises a transport stabilizer unit, and the size of this transport stabilizer unit corresponds to a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with flexible channel.Method and apparatus described here relates in the tightness device be made up of heat sensitive material at one to be established and maintains low air pressure.Method comprises the getter through activating within this device inside from the zone-transfer be made up of heat-resistant material to the inner region of this tightness device be made up of heat sensitive material.

Description

The stocking system of temperature stabilization

The cross reference of related application

The application relates to following listed application (" related application ") and the rights and interests of the operational live application day the earliest requiring these apply for (such as, require the operational the earliest priority date except temporary patent application or required the rights and interests for any and all original applications of temporary patent application, these " related applications ", upper two generations (grandparent) apply for, upper three generations (great-grandparent) applies for etc. according to 35USC § 119 (e)).All themes of any and all original application, upper two generations application, upper three generations application etc. of these related applications and these related applications are combined in this all by reference, and its degree is that this type of theme with is not herein conflicted mutually.

related application:

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGECONTAINERS) of temperature stabilization " the 12/001st, a part continuation application of No. 757 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the applying date is on December 11st, 2007, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGECONTAINERSWITHDIRECTEDACCES S) with the temperature stabilization of directly access " the 12/006th, a part continuation application of No. 088 U.S. Patent application, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the applying date is on December 27th, 2007, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMS) of temperature stabilization " the 12/006th, a part continuation application of No. 089 U.S. Patent application, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the applying date is on December 27th, 2007, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGECONTAINERSFORMEDICINALS) for the temperature stabilization of medical product " the 12/008th, a part continuation application of No. 695 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on January 10th, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " manufacture method (METHODSOFMANUFACTURINGTEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGECONTA INERS) of the reservoir vessel of temperature stabilization " the 12/012nd, a part continuation application of No. 490 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on January 31st, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " the medical product stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDMEDICINALSTORAGESYSTEM) of temperature stabilization " the 12/077th, a part continuation application of No. 322 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on March 17th, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " reservoir vessel and the correlation technique (STORAGECONTAINERINCLUDINGMULTI-LAYERINSULATIONCOMPOSITEM ATERIALHAVINGBANDGAPMATERIALANDRELATEDMETHODS) that comprise the multilayer heat insulation composite material with band gap material " the 12/152nd, a part continuation application of No. 465 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Geoffrey A Bauer of invention of this application this, Rhoderick A Hai De, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, Eric C Li Aosade, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, little Thomas J knob gold, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the date of application is on May 13rd, 2008, and this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes name and is called and " comprises the multilayer heat insulation composite material of band gap material, employ its reservoir vessel and correlation technique (MULTI-LAYERINSULATIONCOMPOSITEMATERIALINCLUDINGBANDGAPMA TERIAL, STORAGECONTAINERUSINGSAME, ANDRELATEDMETHODS) the " the 12/152nd, a part continuation application of No. 467 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Geoffrey A Bauer of invention of this application this, Rhoderick A Hai De, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, Eric C Li Aosade, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, little Thomas J knob gold, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the date of application is on May 13rd, 2008, and this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes name and is called " to have at least one multilayer heat insulation composite material with the heat-reflecting layer of through hole, employ its reservoir vessel and correlation technique (MULTI-LAYERINSULATIONCOMPOSITEMATERIALHAVINGATLEASTONETH ERMALLY-REFLECTIVELAYERWITHTHROUGHOPENINGS, STORAGECONTAINERUSINGSAME, ANDRELATEDMETHODS) the " the 12/220th, a part continuation application of No. 439 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, with little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on July 23rd, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2008/013642 U.S. Patent application of " heat insulation composite material (INSULATIONCOMPOSITEMATERIALHAVINGATLEASTONETHERMALLY-REF LECTIVELAYER) with at least one heat-reflecting layer ", the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, with little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on December 11st, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2008/013643 U.S. Patent application of " stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMS) of temperature stabilization ", the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, William Gates, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on December 11st, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2008/013648 U.S. Patent application of " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGECONTAINERSWITHDIRECTEDACCES S) with the temperature stabilization of directly access ", the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on December 11st, 2008, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2009/001715 U.S. Patent application of " the medical product stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDMEDICINALSTORAGESYSTEMS) of temperature stabilization ", the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on March 16th, 2009, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMS) of temperature stabilization " the 12/658th, a part continuation application of No. 579 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Jeffree F Dien of this application, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, the grand Guo of son, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on February 8th, 2010, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMSWITHFLEXIBLECONNECTO RS) with the temperature stabilization of flexible connector " the 12/927th, a part continuation application of No. 981 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial side of the invention-Li week of this application, Jeffree F Dien, William Gates, the grand Guo of son, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on November 29th, 2010, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " comprise and be arranged to the stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMSINCLUDINGSTORAGESTRU CTURESCONFIGUREDFORINTERCHANGEABLESTORAGEOFMODULARUNITS) of temperature stabilization that modular unit exchanges the memory structure stored " the 12/927th, a part continuation application of No. 982 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Jeffree F Dien of this application, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the date of application is on November 29th, 2010, and this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitutes the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2011/000234 U.S. Patent application of the stocking system " (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMS) " of temperature stabilization, the artificial side of the invention-Li week of this application, Jeffree F Dien, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, the grand Guo of son, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on February 8th, 2011, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " in the inner space of the stocking system of temperature stabilization hypobaric foundation and maintenance (EstablishmentandMaintenanceofLowGasPressurewithinInterio rSpacesofTemperature-StabilizedStorageSystems) " the 13/200th, a part continuation application of No. 555 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial side of the invention-Li week of this application, William Gates, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on September 23rd, 2011, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " being arranged to the storage of modular unit and the stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGESYSTEMSCONFIGUREDFORSTORAGE ANDSTABILIZATIONOFMODULARUNITS) of stable temperature stabilization " the 13/135th, a part continuation application of No. 126 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Jeffree F Dien of this application, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is strangled, the triumphant amber of mark K, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, step kwell Hao Er, charles Hui Temo, little Lowell L Wood, and Ao Zueraimeike Ilyushin Di Limu, the date of application is on June 23rd, 2011, and this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

In order to the object of the requirement outside USPTO regulation, the application constitute that name is called " manufacture method (METHODSOFMANUFACTURINGTEMPERATURE-STABILIZEDSTORAGECONTA INERS) of the reservoir vessel of temperature stabilization " the 13/199th, a part continuation application of No. 439 U.S. Patent applications, the invention artificial Rhoderick A Hai De of this application, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P meter Fo De, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on August 29th, 2011, this application is in the state of current CO-PENDING, or following portion application, that is: the application of the current CO-PENDING of the portion of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

United States Patent Office (USPTO) has issued a notice, its effect is: the computer program requirement of United States Patent Office, and patent application people should quote a sequence number also will illustrate that whether a application is the divisional application of a continuation application, part continuation application or patent application.StephenG.Kunin, " rights and interests (BenefitofPrior-FiledApplication) of the application formerly submitted to ", the USPTO publication on March 18th, 2003.The applicant's entity (hereinafter referred to as " the applicant ") provide hereinbefore to this or these application specifically quote, therefrom require that preference in accordance with the law.The applicant understands, and it is sturdy and for requiring the object of preference to U.S. Patent application and failed call provides a sequence number or any characteristic that (such as " continuation application " or " part continuation application ") is described that this regulation calls the turn at its definite quotations.Be that as it may, claimant still understands, the computer program of USPTO has the requirement of some data inputting aspect, and therefore the applicant provides the appointment to the relation between the application and its a or many parts of original applications (as above listed), but the applicant points out as follows clearly: this one or more appointment must not be interpreted as by any way for the application whether further comprises any fresh content outside the content of its portion or many parts of original applications, any type of explanation and/or admit.

Technical field

The application relates to the stocking system of temperature stabilization.

Summary of the invention

There is described herein a kind of equipment for using together with thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this equipment comprises: a storage material module, this storage material module comprises the multiple storage elements being configured for and storing multiple medical article unit, and this storage material module comprises a surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit; Be configured for a stable storing device unit on this surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; Be configured for the surface of at least one in the plurality of storage element reversibly mated in this storage material module and be configured for the storage material module lid on the surface of reversibly mating this at least one stabilizer unit; And be configured for a central stabilizer unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein this central stabilizer unit has certain size and shape to fill in fact a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

The size that has is also described with one with the corresponding transport stabilizer unit of the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of flexible channel at this, this transport stabilizer unit comprises: a lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for and covers in fact an outside opening comprised in the outer wall of the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of flexible connector, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel near the outside opening in this outer wall; A hole in this lid; A wall, this wall defines in fact the tubular structure that the diameter of section had is less than the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and one end of this tubular structure is operationally attached on this lid; A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, and this edge is positioned at the position being less than the extreme length of this flexible connector from the end being operationally attached on this lid of this tubular structure on this tubular structure; A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, the thickness that the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than this lid with the hole in the surface of this lid and this wall edge between the combination of wall length; An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines in fact a thermosealed in fact region; A pivoting unit, this pivoting unit to be operationally attached on this positioning shaft zone line and to be positioned in this thermosealed in fact region; A support unit be operationally attached on this pivoting unit, this support unit has and to stretch out when certain size and shape to be engaged in when direction is rotated in this thermosealed in fact region with this pivoting unit of box lunch and to rotate about 90 degree in the other directions with this pivoting unit of box lunch and through the hole in this wall; A stub area with a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface of a depression in the memory structure reversibly mated in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; A base grip end in the end of this stub area; And a stretching unit for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for and on this base grip end, resists an inwall and a side maintaining the surface being substantially perpendicular to this lid upwards pressure.

Equipment described here includes but not limited to: a structural region be made up of heat sensitive material, and this structural region comprises an outer wall and an inwall and a tightness space between this outer wall and this inwall; An active region be made up of heat-resistant material, this active region comprises one or more getter; One is attached to this structural region and is attached to the connector on this active region, this connector comprise a flexure region and one be configured for the region of being carried out sealing and separating relative to this active region by this structural region; And a vacuum pump be operationally attached on this connector.

Method described here includes but not limited to: in a bubble-tight equipment, set up vacuum, this equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material, and a connector between these regions; This at least one active region is heated to the one section of activationary time being suitable for also being continued by the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region activate to be applicable to, maintains the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; This at least one active region and this one or more getter is allowed to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material; These one or more getters through cooling are transferred to this structural region through this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling, maintain the vacuum set up in this equipment simultaneously; And by the connector between these regions separately, maintain this simultaneously and comprise the vacuum in the structural region of one or more getters of cooling.To set up in storage device and the method maintaining vacuum also includes but not limited to: assembled by the structure member all in fact of storage device, these structure members comprise the outer wall and an inwall that define in fact a tightness space; Be attached to by this storage device on a tightness equipment, this tightness equipment comprises a getter active region containing one or more getter, a vacuum pump and one and this storage device be may be operably coupled to connector on this tightness equipment; Activate this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device; This storage device be heated to a predetermined temperature and continue one period of scheduled time; The activationary temperature being heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter be suitable for activating the one or more getters in this getter active region also continues the one section of activationary time be applicable to, and maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; Make this connector carry out bending this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region to be positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line substantially in this relative position; Allow this one or more getter to fall in the tightness space of this storage device along this connector inside, maintain the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; Position near this storage device by this connector separately, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.Except above content, defining in claims of a part of this disclosure, accompanying drawing and word in the method describing other.

Above-mentioned summary is illustrative, and is not intended to limit by any way.Except these illustrative aspect, embodiment and features described above, other aspect, embodiment and feature will become clear by referring to accompanying drawing and following detailed description.

Accompanying drawing explanation

Fig. 1 depicts the cross section of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Fig. 2 shows the many aspects of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with cross section.

Fig. 3 depicts the many aspects for a memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and multiple interchangeable modular unit.

Fig. 4 with cross section shows for the many aspects of a memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and multiple interchangeable modules unit.

Fig. 5 depicts the storage material module and a central stabilizer device that are configured for a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Fig. 6 illustrates a storage material module as depicted in figures 5 and central stabilizer, and two storage elements are wherein oriented to the inside allowing the 3rd storage element touched in this storage material module.

Fig. 7 shows the storage material module and a central stabilizer device that are configured for a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Fig. 8 illustrates a storage material module as depicted in figure 7 and central stabilizer, and two storage elements are wherein oriented to the inside allowing the 3rd storage element touched in this storage material module.

Fig. 9 depicts the many aspects of a storage element.

Figure 10 illustrate as Fig. 9 the many aspects of a storage element described.

Figure 11 shows the many aspects of a storage material module.

Figure 12 depicts the storage material module lid be attached in two stabilizer unit.

Figure 13 illustrates the many aspects of a storage material module lid.

Figure 14 depict as Figure 13 multiple parts of a storage material module lid of showing.

Figure 15 show as Figure 13 the cross section of a storage material module lid shown.

Figure 16 illustrates the interior views of multiple parts of a storage material module lid.

Figure 17 depicts the partial cross section of the storage material module lid be attached in a stabilizer unit.

Figure 18 shows a central stabilizer unit.

Figure 19 illustrates the central stabilizer unit gone out as shown in figure 18.

Figure 20 depicts the cross section of a central stabilizer unit.

Figure 21 shows a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 22 is the storage material module gone out as shown in figure 21, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit with cross section shows.

Figure 23 with cross section depict as Figure 22 a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit of showing, two storage elements are wherein oriented to the inside allowing the 3rd storage element touched in this storage material module.

Figure 24 shows a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 25 illustrates a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 26 depicts the embodiment of a central stabilizer, storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 27 show as Figure 26 describe a central stabilizer, storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit the many aspects of embodiment.

Figure 28 illustrates an embodiment of a central stabilizer, storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit, and wherein this central stabilizer and this stabilizer unit are oriented to allow to touch a storage element.

Figure 29 depicts the many aspects of the embodiment that Figure 28 shows.

Figure 30 shows the many aspects of a storage element.

Figure 31 illustrates the many aspects of the storage element gone out as shown in figure 30.

Figure 32 depicts a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with a flexible channel and a stabilizer unit with cross section.

Figure 33 shows the cross section of a transport stabilizer unit.

Figure 34 illustrates the many aspects of the transport stabilizer unit gone out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 35 depicts the many aspects of the transport stabilizer unit gone out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 36 shows the many aspects of the transport stabilizer unit gone out as shown in figure 33.

The many aspects of the transport stabilizer unit that Figure 37 goes out as shown in figure 33 with cross section shows.

Figure 38 depicts the many aspects of the transport stabilizer unit gone out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 39 shows the many aspects of the transport stabilizer unit gone out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 40 A illustrates a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with a transport stabilizer unit.

Figure 40 B depict as Figure 40 A show have one transport stabilizer unit a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Figure 41 is the schematic diagram of an equipment.

Figure 42 is the schematic diagram of equipment as shown in Figure 41 show.

Figure 43 be as Figure 41 and Figure 42 the schematic diagram of equipment described.

Figure 44 be as Figure 41, Figure 42 and Figure 43 the schematic diagram of equipment described.

Figure 45 is a kind of flow chart of method.

Figure 46 illustrates a kind of flow chart of method.

Figure 47 show as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 48 depict as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 49 illustrate as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 50 show as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 51 depict as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 52 illustrate as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 53 show as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 54 depict as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 55 illustrate as Figure 46 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 56 illustrates a kind of flow chart of method.

Figure 57 show as Figure 56 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 58 depict as Figure 56 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 59 illustrate as Figure 56 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 60 show as Figure 56 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 61 depict as Figure 56 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 62 illustrate as Figure 56 the flow chart of method shown.

Figure 63 is the schematic diagram of a reservoir vessel.

Embodiment

With reference to accompanying drawing in the following detailed description, these accompanying drawings define a part for this detailed description.In the drawings, similar symbol typically represents similar parts, unless context is pointed out in addition.Use the item that identical symbol typically represents similar or identical in different drawings.Illustrative embodiment described in detailed description, accompanying drawing and claim is not intended to limit.When not deviating from spirit or the scope of the theme proposed at this, other embodiment can be used, and other change can be carried out.

Container as described in this and equipment have multiple potential purposes.Specifically, container as described in this and equipment are useful for following aspect: stably to be maintained by storage material in a predetermined temperature range and not rely on external power supply to maintain the temperature range in this storage area.Such as, container as described in this and equipment are suitable for having the place (such as at So Far Away) of minimum municipal electric power or insecure municipal power supply or in case of emergency maintained by storage material in a predetermined temperature range.Container as described in this and equipment may be applicable to transport and store the material for contingent temperature variation sensitivity in shipment and storage process.Such as, these stocking systems described here are applicable to shipment and store therapeutic product, comprise vaccine.The many therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) often used at present are extremely sensitive to temperature variation and must be maintained in a temperature range to keep usefulness.Such as, many vaccines must be stored within 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius to keep usefulness.In a temperature range, (such as within 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius) storage and transporting medical agent product (comprising vaccine) are commonly called " cold chain ".The agreement and program set up must be followed to maintain this cold chain in the healthcare provider of regular use vaccine and clinic, are included in transportation process and when urgency and power failure, to guarantee the usefulness of vaccine.See: the people such as Rodgers, " the correct process of vaccine cold chain section 1-vaccine and storage [VaccineColdChainPart1ProperHandlingandStorageofVaccine] ", occupational health nurse association of U.S. will [AAOHNJournal], 58 (8), 337-344 page, 2010; The people such as Rodgers, " vaccine cold chain part 2-start-up and program management [VaccineColdChainPart2:TrainingPersonnelandProgramManagem ent] ", occupational health nurse association of U.S. will [AAOHNJournal], 8 (9), 391-402 page, 2010; The people such as Magennis, " medicine cold chain-last gap [PharmaceuticalColdChain:AGapintheLastMile] ", medicine and medical package news [Pharmaceutical & MedicalPackagingNews], 44-50 page, in September, 2010; And the people such as Kendal, " American Public Health plan is to the approval [ValidationofColdChainProceduresSuitableforDistributionof VaccinesbyPublicHealthProgramsintheUSA] of cold chain program being applicable to vaccine dispense ", vaccine [Vaccine], 15 (12/13), 1459-1465 page (1997), these files are combined in this by reference.But, even if between the normal spreadable life in developed country, fail to maintain cold chain owing to result in a large amount of wastes of vaccine at vaccine is exposed to too high and too low temperature according to established agreement and program.See: Thakker and Woods, " does vaccine in community store: the weak link of cold chain? [StorageofVaccinesintheCommunity:WeakLinkintheColdChain ?) " BMJ [BritishMedicalJournal] 304,756-758 page, 1992; The people such as Matthias, " freezing temperature in vaccine cold chain: the literature review [FreezingTemperaturesintheVaccineColdChain:ASystematicLit eratureReview] of system ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 25th phase in 2007,3980-3986 page; The people such as Edsam, " in the rural health center process being transported to Mongolia, hepatitis B vaccine exposes in freezing temperatures [ExposureofHepatitisBVaccinetoFreezingTemperaturesDuringT ransporttoRuralHealthCentersinMongolia] ", preventive medicine [PreventativeMedicine], 39th phase in 2004,384-388 page; The people such as Techathawat, " be exposed to heat in the vaccine cold chain of Thailand and freeze [ExposuretoHeatandFreezingintheVaccineColdChaininThailand] ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 25th phase in 2007,1328-1333 page; And the people such as Setia, " frequency of vaccine waste and reason [FrequencyandCausesofVaccineWastage] ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 20th phase in 2002,1148-1156 page; These files are combined in this by reference.May easily show although and some in cold chain maintains that are that cause improper due to temperature are destroyed (vaccine vial such as freezed and comprise the bottle of precipitating agent), due to cold chain maintain in destruction and the vaccine that reduces usefulness may be not easy to be detected.See: people such as old (Chen), " the freeze-sensitive characteristic [CharacterizationoftheFreezeSensitivityofaHepatitisBVacci ne] of hepatitis B vaccine ", human vaccination [HumanVaccines], 5th volume the 1st phase in 2009,26-32 page, this file is combined in this by reference.The vaccine stock reducing usefulness owing to being exposed to too high temperature may not be discernible immediately and sensitivity is depended on concrete vaccine and changes widely.The temperature sensitivity of any given medical agent product all depends on concrete agent product or such as depends on concrete bacterin preparation and change widely.In some cases, outside suitable temperature range, a few minutes just can affect the biological effectiveness of the special container that therapeutic product are housed significantly.See: Kristensen and Chen, " stabilization of vaccine: experience and lessons [StabilizationofVaccines:LessonsLearned] ", human vaccination [HumanVaccines], the 6th volume the 3rd phase in 2010,229-230 page, this file is combined in this by reference.The problem relevant to the maintenance of cold chain is that comparatively under-developed area is more remarkable in the world.See: the people such as Wirkas, " the vaccine cold chain in the national PNC focus technology demand of hot climate freezes to study [AVaccinesColdChainFreezingStudyinPNGHighlightsTechnology NeedsforHotClimateCountries] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 25th phase in 2007,691-697 page; And the people such as Nelson, " hepatitis B vaccine in Indonesia's cold chain is freezed: evidence and solution [HepatitisBVaccineFreezingintheIndonesianColdChain:Eviden ceandSolutions] ", bulletin of the World Health Organization [BulletinoftheWorldHealthOrganization], 82nd volume the 2nd phase in 2004,99-105 page; These files are combined in this by reference.In addition, the approach for the less energy of needs of cold chain considers it may is desirable to the cost of sustainable growth and weather.See Halld ó rsson and Kov á cs, " sustainable agenda and energy efficiency: the logistics' settlement scheme in climatic change epoch and SUPPLY CHAIN [TheSustainableAgendaandEnergyEfficiency:LogisticsSolutio nsandSupplyChainsinTimesofClimateChange] ", international materials distribution and logistics management magazine [InternationalJournalofPhysicalDistribution & LogisticsManagement], 40th volume the 1/2nd phase in 2010, 5-13 page, this file is combined in this by reference.For the therapeutic product outside cold chain (such as, vaccine) thermostabilization comprise economy, logistics, management, buying and policy issue (see Kristensen and Chen, " stabilization of vaccine: experience and lessons [StabilizationofVaccines:LessonsLearned] ", human vaccination [HumanVaccines], volume the 3rd phase March the 6th in 2010,229-231 page, this file is combined in this by reference).

Set up in the tightness region, inside that method and apparatus described here is used in a container and maintain a stable and extremely low air pressure.Method and apparatus as described in this has multiple potential purposes in the manufacture of following container, these containers comprise and have subatmospheric lasting air pressure (such as, air pressure close to vacuum) tightness region, inside, and gas is not initiatively pumped these inner tightness regions.Method and apparatus described here can be used to set up and maintain a lasting low pressure regions of a structure of container inside, and is useful especially for the container be made up of the material losing its structure stability at the temperature lower than the activationary temperature needed for many getter materials.Such as, method and apparatus as described in this can be used to set up in an inner gas-tight cavity within whole or in part a part compared with bigger device made of aluminum and maintain a subatmospheric stable air pressure, such as, close to the air pressure of vacuum.Such as, method and apparatus as described in this goes for manufacture and the durability of the container be made up of metal-plastic composite material, this container comprises the airtight space, inside had lower than the air pressure of this container surroundings, air-locked inner space of such as finding time in fact.

There is hypobaric inner tightness region and can be incorporated into a part as the thermal break of this container in the structure of container.Be incorporated into and as these of the partial insulation layer of this container, there is hypobaric inner tightness region in the structure of container and can comprise other materials or feature, the thermoinsulation material of such as this container, electronic equipment or structure characteristic.Such as, there is hypobaric inner tightness region can comprise multilayer insulant (MLI) in the structure of container is incorporated into.Such as, there is hypobaric inner tightness region can comprise the wire that undertaken connecting by the electronic unit be operationally attached in the zones of different of this container or passage in structure of container is incorporated into.There is hypobaric inner tightness region the electronic equipment be attached in this device and extraneous factor (such as chemically active material, magnetic active material, water, heat and cold degree) to be isolated.Such as, be bonded to there is hypobaric inner tightness region can comprise multiple structural element in the structure of container, such as flange, supporting element, pillar and other improve the feature of the structure stability of this container.The advantage with low weight and low cost is made in device at final in the tightness region, inside with low-pressure.Method and apparatus described here can be used to manufacture thermosealed in fact storage device, such as, be applicable to storage material stably to maintain do not rely on external power supply in a predetermined temperature range maintain this temperature range in this storage area.Such as, multiple container and device (such as manufacture with method and apparatus described here these) are suitable for having the place (such as So Far Away) of minimum municipal electric power or insecure municipal power supply or in case of emergency maintained in a predetermined temperature range by the material of storage.Such as, multiple container and device (such as manufacture with method and apparatus described here these) may be suitable for transporting and store the material for contingent temperature variation sensitivity in transport and storage process.Such as, these stocking systems described here are applicable to shipment and store therapeutic product, comprise vaccine.

The many therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) used at present are often extremely sensitive to temperature variation and must be maintained in a specific temperature range to keep the stability of these therapeutic product and usefulness and effect.That concrete preparation and therapeutic product are intrinsic for maintaining this temperature range of the stability in storage.Such as, many therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) must be stored in a predetermined temperature range, such as between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius or between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius or between 10 degrees Celsius and 15 degrees Celsius or between 15 degrees Celsius and 25 degrees Celsius or between-15 degrees Celsius and-5 degrees Celsius or between-50 degrees Celsius and-15 degrees Celsius, to keep the usefulness of these therapeutic product.Such as, in a temperature range, such as between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius or between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius or between 10 degrees Celsius and 15 degrees Celsius or between 15 degrees Celsius and 25 degrees Celsius or between-15 degrees Celsius and-5 degrees Celsius or between-50 degrees Celsius and-15 degrees Celsius, store and transporting medical agent product (comprising vaccine) be commonly referred to as " cold chain ".

Multiple container and storage device (such as use method and apparatus described here to make these) can be designed to multiple size and shape, and this depends on embodiment.Such as, multiple container and storage device can manufacture with multiple different size, shape and material, and this depends on the given application of this container or storage device.The representative example of reservoir vessel is shown in Figure 63 and be described with relevant word (vide infra).Such as, the container manufactured by using method and apparatus described here and storage device can have shape easy to carry and size, such as, be no more than 1 kilogram (kg), 2kg, 5kg, 7kg or 10kg.Such as, the container manufactured by using method and apparatus described here and storage device can have the size and shape easily directly being carried by individual or carry with carrier, and this carrier is such as school bag, duffel bag, rucksack, grip, handbag, haversack, knapsack, bag, bag, travel suitcase, handbag, Travel bag or knapsack.Such as, container and storage device can be manufactured into the shape and size that use the minitype wheeled means of transportation of one man operation to carry out transporting, and such as its quality is no more than 15kg, 20kg or 25kg.Such as, the container manufactured by using method and apparatus described here and storage device can have the easy size and shape being undertaken carrying by people by use wheelbarrow, rickshaw, wheel bed, bicycle or motorcycle, such as, in saddlebag, carrier or frame.Such as, container and storage device can be manufactured into and use truck, station wagon, picking-up vehicle, lorry or other motor-driven carrier vehicles to carry out the size and shape transported, and such as its quality is no more than 30kg, 35kg, 40kg, 45kg, 50kg or 55kg.Such as, container and storage device can be manufactured into for fixing in fact the shape and size that use, such as, have the quality being greater than 100kg.

Referring now to Fig. 1, show an example of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, this container can serve as the background be introduced one or more equipment described herein.Object in FIG in order to show, depicts this container 100 with cross section to observe inner many aspects.Fig. 1 depicts an erect-type thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, and this container comprises an outer wall 105, inwall 110 and a connector 115.Fig. 1 depicts this container 100 and comprises a connector 115 with flexible section 160, and this connector is configured for formation flexible connector.In a given embodiment, the connector 115 with flexible section 160 as Figure 1 shows makes with the multiple material of the quality of any material of this inwall 110 inside with enough supporting this inwall 110.But in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise one not to be had the connector 115 of flexible section or has a connector 115 of multiple fixing section.

Equally as Figure 1 shows, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130, and this region has extremely low thermal conductivity and in the low radiant heat transfer of the compole in the external environment condition of this container and the region of this at least one inside, thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is configured to have extremely low thermal conductivity and in the low radiant heat transfer of the compole of the external environment condition of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and the inside of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Such as, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is in the temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius (C) and a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 is maintained at the temperature between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius, the heat leak between this thermosealed in fact storage area and outside of this container is less than 1 watt (W).Such as, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is in the temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius and a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 is maintained at the temperature between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius, the heat leak between this thermosealed in fact storage area and outside of this container is less than 700mW.Such as, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is in the temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius and a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 is maintained at the temperature between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius, the heat leak between this thermosealed in fact storage area and outside of this container is less than 600mW.Such as, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 10 is in the temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius and a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 is maintained at the temperature between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius, the heat leak between this thermosealed in fact storage area and outside of this container is about 500mW.

Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured for and to be transported in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in predetermined temperature range by material when not having active cooling action or active cooling cell and to store a time period.Such as, be that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in the environment of about 40 degrees Celsius can be configured for and reaches the trimestral time by transporting and store in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the temperature range of material between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius at external temperature.Such as, be that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in the environment of about 40 degrees Celsius can be configured for and reaches the bimestrial time by transporting and store in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the temperature range of material between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius at external temperature.Such as, be that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in the environment of about 40 degrees Celsius can be configured for and will transport in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the temperature range of material between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius and store the time reaching one month at external temperature.130 1, a thermosealed in fact storage area minimum thermal gradient.The inside of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 is identical temperature in essence, the internal thermal gradients (such as, top-to-bottom or side are to side) such as had is no more than 5 degrees Celsius or be no more than 3 degrees Celsius or be no more than 1 degree Celsius.

Concrete thermal characteristics and the storage capacity of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 depend on embodiment and change.Such as, may depend on multiple factor manufacturing in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 process the material used, these factors comprise: expection external temperature when required temperature range and this container 100 use in the design of this container 100, this storage area 130.A thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 as described in this comprises a memory structure, and this memory structure is configured for and receives and store at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.This one or more heat spreader module and this one or more quantity of storage material module and the selection of type will determine that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is in the concrete thermal characteristics in given temperature range, under given storage length, for given expeced time and storage capacity.Such as, if wish the storage time of the length in the temperature range between 0 degree Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius, this memory structure can comprise relatively more heat spreader module and can comprise relatively less storage material module.Such as, if wish the storage time shorter in the temperature range between 0 degree Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius, then can comprise relatively less heat spreader module in this memory structure and relatively more storage material module can be comprised.

This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can have portable size and shape, such as, size and shape within rational portability appraisal scope for individual.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured for material transport and store both.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to have to be moved for individual, recommends or the size and dimension of movement.Such as, in certain embodiments, the quality that this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and any internal structure have is less than about 50 kilograms (kg) or is less than about 30 kilograms, or be less than about 20 kilograms.Such as, in certain embodiments, the length that has of thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and width are less than about 1 meter (m).Such as, the implementation of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can have diameter at 45 centimetres (cm) and the outside dimensions of height in 70cm magnitude.Such as, in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises multiple external knob, hook, fastening piece or other projections to assist the movement of this container.Such as, in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises multiple outer strip, belt, braces or rope to assist the transport of this container.In certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises multiple external fastening, and these fastening pieces are configured for be fixed this container on a surface, such as, be flange, support, pillar or clamping element.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is as shown in Figure 1 become oblong shape by general arrangement, but depends on embodiment, and various shape is all possible.Such as, depend on the desired use of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, rectangular shape or irregularly shaped can be utilized in certain embodiments.Such as, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 that is circular or spherical shape substantially can be utilized in certain embodiments.

Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as the described herein comprises zero active cooling cell at routine use.Such as, Fig. 1 does not describe active cooling cell.Term as used herein " active cooling cell " comprises the conduction type and radiating type cooling mechanism that needs run from the electric power of external source.Such as, active cooling cell can comprise with the next item down or multinomial: the fan of initiatively power supply, the refrigerant system of initiatively pumping, heat and power system, active heat pump, active vapor compression refrigeration system and active type heat exchanger system.The external energy run needed for these mechanisms can such as be derived from municipal power supply or battery.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as the described herein does not comprise active cooling cell in often using process as the described herein.

As depicted in fig. 1, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises an outer assembly, and this outer assembly comprises an outer wall 105.This outer wall 105 defines in fact this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, and this outer wall 105 defines in fact a single outer cinclides 150.As Figure 1 shows, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises an inwall 110.This inwall 110 defines in fact a single inner wall hole 140.As Figure 1 shows, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises a space 120 between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105.This inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 are spaced a segment distance and define in fact a space 120.When this container is in its usual position, the surface of this inwall 110 and the surface of this outer wall 105 non-intersect or do not cross this space 120 and produce thermo-contact.This space 120 comprises at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part.Can comprise the space of finding time in fact in this space 120, wherein these container sections are adequately sealed to be minimized to the gas leakage in space 120 in the region from this external container.This container 100 comprises a connector 115, and this connector defines the passage 125 being carried out by inner wall hole 140 single to this single outer cinclides 150 and this being connected.Although the connector 115 that Fig. 1 shows is flexible connectors, this connector 115 can not be a flexible connector in certain embodiments.This container 100 comprises the single access aperture of of leading to this thermosealed in fact storage area 130, and wherein this single access aperture is formed by this connector 115 end.In certain embodiments, this container 100 comprises an outer assembly, this outer assembly comprises the one or more ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material parts defining in fact at least one thermosealed storage area, and wherein this outer assembly and this one or more ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part define in fact the single access aperture of of leading to this at least one thermosealed storage area.As shown in the following figures, this container 100 comprises the inner assembly being positioned at this thermosealed in fact storage area 130, and this inner assembly comprises being configured for and receives and store a memory structure of at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.

As Figure 1 shows, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make this outer cinclides 150 in the using process of this container be the tops being positioned at this container.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make this outer cinclides 150 in the working stock or using process of this container be the top places being positioned at this outer wall 105.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make in the storage process of this container 100, and in this external container the hole be connected on this passage 125 is the top place being positioned at this container 100.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make an outer cinclides 150 to be in the relative face place of on this container 100 for the base of this container 100 or lower support structure one.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 to be configured to make in the working stock or using process of this container an outer cinclides 150 to be these embodiments at the top place being in outer wall 105, can be configured for and the passive transmission of the heat energy in the region from external container be minimized.Such as, be configured to make outer cinclides 150 to be in so thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 at an opposing face place of the base as this container 100 on this container 100 or lower support structure, can also be configured to make from the heat energy of the floor of below this container 100 or surface emissivity directly radiation enter in the hole outer wall 105.

In certain embodiments, this inwall 110 defines in fact a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.Although this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 that Fig. 1 describes comprises a single thermosealed in fact storage area 130, but in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise multiple thermosealed in fact storage area.In certain embodiments, may there is the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 of one in this container, comprise multiple storage area (e.g., 130).Comprise in the embodiment of multiple storage area (e.g., 130) in this container, they may be associated with the single channel leading to this external container region.Comprise in the embodiment of multiple storage area (e.g., 130) in this container, they may be associated with the multiple passages leading to this external container region.Such as, each in this multiple storage area may be single with one the passage of uniqueness be associated.Such as, more than one storage area can be associated with a single channel in the region leading to this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 outside.

Multiple storage area can such as have comparable size and shape, or they can have the different sizes and shape that are suitable for this embodiment.Different storage areas can comprise such as different removable inserting member, at least one layer comprising at least one metal on the internal surface of a storage area or at least one deck non-toxic material in this interior surface, is the form with any combination or grouping.Although this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 that Fig. 1 describes is roughly columniform shape, a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can have the size and shape being suitable for specific embodiment.Such as, a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can be oblong, circular, rectangle, foursquare or erose.Depend on the overall dimensions of embodiment and this container 100, the total volume of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can change.Such as, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 being configured to portable personal can comprise a total volume be less than 30 liters (L), the single thermosealed in fact storage area 130 of such as 25L volume or 20L volume.Such as, one that is configured to transport on vehicle thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise total volume and be greater than the single thermosealed in fact storage area 130 of 30L, such as 35L or 40L one.A thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can comprise other structures being suitable for specific embodiment.Such as, thermosealed in fact storage area can comprise rock-steady structure, thermal break, potting material or other be configured to be convenient to the use of material or the additional components of storage-stable.

In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included at least one deck non-toxic material on the internal surface of one or more thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Non-toxic material can comprise such as: do not produce and may cause those materials of the residue of murder by poisoning or do not produce and the future customer of content to this at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130 may cause those materials of the residue of murder by poisoning by the content to this at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Non-toxic material can comprise the material of the chemical structure of the content maintained in this at least one substantial thermosealed storage area 130, and such as, non-toxic material can comprise material that is chemically inert or anergy.Non-toxic material can comprise the material be developed in such as medical treatment, pharmacy or food storage application.Non-toxic material can comprise can the cleaned or material of sterilizing, such as can illuminated, HIGH PRESSURE TREATMENT or sterilized material.Non-toxic material can comprise those materials comprising one or more antibacterial, antiviral, antimicrobial or disease-resistant former reagent.Such as, non-toxic material can comprise aldehyde, hypochlorite, oxygenant, phenolic resin, quaternary ammonium type compound or silver.Non-toxic material is constitutionally stable material under can being included in the existence of one or more clean or sterilization compound or radiations, as, still keep the plastics of its structural integrity after illumination or the metal that is oxidized does not occur under the existence of or sterilization compound clean at one or more.Non-toxic material can comprise those materials formed by multiple layers, and wherein these layers are removable for clean or sterilization, such as, for the recycling of this at least one thermosealed in fact storage area.Non-toxic material can comprise the material of such as metal-containing, fabric, paper or plastics.

In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included at least one layer comprising at least one metal on the internal surface of at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Such as, this at least one metal can comprise gold, aluminium, copper or silver.This at least one metal can comprise at least one metallic composite or alloy, such as steel, stainless steel, metal-matrix composite, billon, aluminum alloy, Cuprum alloy or silver alloy.In certain embodiments, this at least one metal comprises metal foil, as titanium foil, aluminium foil, silver foil or goldleaf.Metal foil can be the component of such as relevant to polyester film composite material, as in polyethylene terephthalate (PET) polyester film.It can be can sterilizing or the metal that was sterilized that this at least one layer comprising at least one metal on the internal surface of at least one storage area 130 can comprise at least one.Such as, this at least one metal can be use phasmon can sterilizing or sterilized.Such as, this at least one metal can be can sterilizing or sterilized by high pressure, thermology method or chemical method.Depend on embodiment, this at least one layer comprising at least one metal on the internal surface of at least one storage area can comprise at least one and have specific heat transfer performance, metal as thermal radiation property.

In certain embodiments, this container 100 can be configured for and is stored within a storage area 130 by one or more medical product (medicinal) unit.Such as, some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 0 degree Celsius and about 10 degrees Celsius best.Such as some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 2 degrees Celsius and about 8 degrees Celsius best.Such as some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 5 degrees Celsius and about 15 degrees Celsius best.Such as some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 0 degree Celsius and about-10 degrees Celsius best.See: Chen and Kristensen, " opportunities and challenges [OpportunitiesandChallengesofDevelopingThermostableVaccin es] of exploitation thermostability vaccine ", vaccine comment of experts [ExpertRev.Vaccines], 8th volume the 5th phase in 2009,547-557 page; The people such as Matthias, " Dong junction temperature Du – system file summary [FreezingTemperaturesintheVaccineColdChain:ASystematicLit eratureReview] in vaccine cold chain ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 25th volume in 2007,3980-3986 page; The people such as Wirkas, " the vaccine cold chain in hot climate international PNC focus technology demand freezes to study [AVaccinesColdChainFreezingStudyinPNGHighlightsTechnology NeedsforHotClimateCountries] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 25th volume in 2007,691-697 page; WHO publication, name is called " preventing the freezing damage [PreventingFreezeDamagetoVaccines] of vaccine ", publication number WHO/IVB/07.09 (2007); WHO publication, name is called " temperature sensitivity [TemperatureSensitivityofVaccines] of vaccine ", publication number WHO/IVB/06.10 (2006); And the people such as Setia, " frequency of vaccine waste and reason [FrequencyandCausesofVaccineWastage] ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 20th volume in 2002,1148-1156 page; Above-mentioned file is combined in this all by reference.Term used herein " medical product " comprises and being intended to for a kind of medicine of medical science or therapeutical uses, composition, preparation, material or mixture.Such as, a kind of medical product can comprise and are in any form, the medicine of combination or configuration, vaccine, therapeutic agent, vitamin, medicament, medicine, homeopathic therapeutic agent, natural therapeutic agent or form of therapy.Such as, a kind of medical product can comprise vaccine, such as: be packaged into the vaccine of oral mixture, vaccine in prefilled syringe, containing the vaccine in the container of vaccine or bottle, unijet device or the vaccine in outside transmissible unit (e.g., for the vaccine patch through dermal administration).Such as, a kind of medical product can comprise form of therapy, such as: the Antybody therapy agent of any form, combination or configuration, micromolecular compound, antiinflammatory, medicine, vitamin or medicament.A kind of medical product can be the forms of liquid, gel, solid, semisolid, steam or gas.In certain embodiments, medical product can be composites.Such as, medical product can comprise the bandage that injection has antibiotics, antiinflammatory, coagulating agent, neurotrophic agents, angiogenesis agent, vitamin, pharmaceutical preparation.

In certain embodiments, this container 100 can be configured for and is stored within a storage area 130 by one or more food unit.Such as, a container 100 can be configured for maintenance-4 degrees Celsius and the temperature in the scope of-10 degrees Celsius in storage process, and a memory structure can be comprised, this memory structure is configured for and stores one or more food products, as ice cream, single packaged freezing food, chilled meat product, frozen fruit product or refrigerated vegetables product.In certain embodiments, this container 100 can be configured for and is stored within a storage area 130 by one or more beverage unit.Such as, container 100 can be configured for the temperature maintained in storage process in 2 degrees Celsius and 10 degree Celsius range, and a memory structure can be comprised, this memory structure is configured for and stores one or more beverage products, as wine, beer, fruit syrup or soft drink.

In the embodiment that Fig. 1 shows, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises a space 120 between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105.As shown in Figure 1, this inwall 110 is spaced a segment distance with this outer wall 105 and defines in fact a space 120.In the embodiment that Fig. 1 shows, time when this container is in stand up position or in the position being in the normal use being configured for this container 100, irreqularity or extra in space 120, is not had between inwall 110 and outer wall 105, to carry out hot connecting to stride across space 120 or create hot connecting.As shown in Figure 1, when this container 100 is in stand up position, this inwall 110 and outer wall 105 directly do not produce each other and contact.In addition, when this container 100 is in stand up position, in this space, there is no to stride across affix, tie-point, flange that the hot connecting thing of space 120 between inwall 110 and outer wall 105 works, or other fixtures.

As shown in Figure 1, this connector 115 supports the quality of any content of this inwall and this storage area 130.In certain embodiments, extra support unit can be comprised, in order to provide the extra support beyond this support that connector 115 provides to inwall 110 in space 120.Such as, this outer wall 105 can be attached one or more athermanous rope bars on the surface in space 120, wherein these athermanous rope bars are configured to extend around the surface towards space 120 of this inwall 110 and by extending, content in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 provide extra support or mobile restriction on inwalls 110.In certain embodiments, multiple center regions of these many rope bars with different angle wound on this inwall 110, the associated end of the every root rope bar wherein in these many rope bars be fixed in multiple position outer wall 105 towards on the surface in space 120.One or more athermanous rope bars can be made up of such as glass fibre rope bar or rope.One or more athermanous rope bars can by such as para-aramid synthetic fiber as Kevlar ^tMmake.What can be in outer wall 105 at two ends is attached many athermanous rope bars on the surface in space 120, and wherein the center of these rope bars is wrapped in the surface towards space 120 of this inwall 110 around.Such as, what can be in outer wall 105 at two ends is attached the many rope bars be made up of stainless steel rope on the surface in space 120, and wherein the center of these rope bars is wound in the surface towards space 120 of this inwall 110 around.

In certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise one or more ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part.In certain embodiments, in space 120, there is at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part.Term used herein " ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material " can comprise one or more types, there is extremely low thermal conductivity and there is the thermoinsulation material of extremely low radiant heat transfer between these surfaces of this thermoinsulation material.This ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise such as one or more layers thermal reflecting coating, high vacuum, aerogel, low heat conductivity beaded unit, the irregular crystal of layering, low density solid or low density foam.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material comprises one or more low density solids, as aerogel, those as described in following article: Fricke and Emmerling, " aerogel-preparation, performance, application [Aerogels-preparation, properties, applications] ", structure and combination [StructureandBonding], 77:37-87 (1992); And Pekala, " organic aerogel [Organicaerogelsfromthepolycondensationofresorcinolwithfo rmaldehyde] from the polycondensation reaction of resorcinol and formaldehyde ", materials science magazine [JournalofMaterialsScience], 24:3221-3227 (1989), these files are combined in this each via quoting.As used herein, " low density " can comprise density from about 0.01g/cm ³to about 0.10g/cm ³material and density from about 0.005g/cm ³to about 0.05g/cm ³material.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material comprises the irregular crystal of one or more layers layering, those as described in following article: the people such as the Chiritescu, " WSe of irregular layering ₂ultralow thermal conductivity [Ultralowthermalconductivityindisordered, layeredWSe in crystal ₂crystals] ", science [Science], 315:351-353 (2007), this file is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material comprises at least two-layer thermal reflecting coating, they by following at least one item around, such as: the spacer units of high vacuum, low heat conductivity, the beaded unit of low heat conductivity, or low density foam.See: such as, the people such as Mikhalchenko, " research [Studyofheattransferinmultilayerinsulationbasedoncomposit espacermaterials] of the heat trnasfer in the multilayer heat insulation based on compound interval insulant ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], nineteen eighty-three, 309-311 page, this file is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least two-layer heat-reflecting material and at least one spacer units between these thermal reflective material layers.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least one multilayer heat insulation composite material, as being called in the name of authorizing the people such as Smith " multilayer is composite material [Multilayerinsulationcomposite] absolutely " the 6th, 485, described in No. 805 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least one tinsel adiabatic system, as be called in the name of authorizing the people such as Reed " tinsel adiabatic system [Metallicsheetinsulationsystem] " the 5th, 915, described in No. 283 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least one adiabatic system, as be called in the name of authorizing the people such as Augustynowicz " adiabatic system [Thermalinsulationsystems] " the 6th, 967, described in No. 051 U. S. Patent, this patent is combined in this by reference.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least one for heat-insulating rigid multi-layer material, as be called in the name of authorizing the people such as Maignan " for heat-insulating rigid multi-layer material [Rigidmultilayermaterialforthermalinsulation] " the 7th, 001, described in No. 656 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.Separately see: the people such as Li, " liquid level is for the influence research [Studyoneffectofliquidlevelontheheatleakintoverticalcryog enicvessels] to the heat leakage in vertical low temperature container ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 50th volume in 2010,367-372 page; The people such as Barth, " test result [Testresultsforahighqualityindustrialsuperinsulation] about high-quality industry superthermal insulation ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], the 28th volume in 1988,607-609 page; And Eyssa and Okasha, " thermodynamic optimization [Thermodynamicoptimizationofthermalradiationshieldsforacr yogenicapparatus] for the thermal radiation screen of Cryo Equipment ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1978,305-307 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise multilayer insulant or " MLI ".Such as, a kind of ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise multilayer insulant, as the multilayer insulant used in space project carrier rocket, comprises that NASA uses.See, such as Daryabeigi, " for reentering thermal analyses and the design optimization [Thermalanalysisanddesignoptimizationofmultilayerinsulati onforreentryaerodynamicheating] of the multilayer heat insulation of Aerodynamic Heating device ", astrovehicle and rocket magazine [JournalofSpacecraftandRockets], 39:509-514 (2002), this file is combined in this by reference.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise the partial pressure that the has atmospheric space lower than this container 100 outside.Such as, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise the air pressure that the has atmospheric space lower than this outside, tightness space 120.See, such as Nemanic, " vacuum heat-insulating plate [Vacuuminsulatingpanel] ", vacuum [Vacuum], volume 8-10 phase nineteen ninety-five the 46th, 839-842 page, this file is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can cover in fact the surface towards this space 120 of inwall 110.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can cover in fact the surface towards this space 120 of outer wall 105.

In certain embodiments, in this tightness space 120, there is the multilayer insulant (" MLI ") of at least one layer.The multilayer insulant of this at least one deck can in fact around the surface of this inwall 110.In certain embodiments, there is the multilayer insulant of multiple layers in this space 120, wherein these layers can not be homogeneous.Such as, the multilayer insulant of the plurality of layer can comprise the layer with different-thickness or the layer and do not have with the spacer element be associated.In certain embodiments, in this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material or except this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material, one or more additional layer can be there is, e.g., an external structure layer or an internal structure layer.An inside or external structure layer can be made up of any material being suitable for this embodiment, and such as, an inside or external structure layer can comprise: plastics, metal, alloy, composite material or glass.See, such as, the name of authorizing the people such as Nowobilski is called " vacuum heat-insulating plate [Vacuuminsulationpanel] " the 4th, 726, No. 974 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, between the thermal reflecting coating of multiple layers, there is the high vacuum of one or more layers.In certain embodiments, space 120 comprises a gas pressure emptying in fact for the atmospheric pressure of this container 100 outside.One for the barometric pressure of this container 100 outside emptying in fact gas pressure can be included in around multiple MLI layer, such as between, the layers with surrounding, emptying in fact gas pressure.One for the barometric pressure of this container 100 outside emptying in fact gas pressure can be included in the gas pressure emptying in fact in one or more parts in space.Such as, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises having and is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises having and is less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, space 120 is included in this space 120 to have and is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, space 120 is included in this space 120 to have and is less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.In certain embodiments, space 120 comprises having and is less than 1x10 ^-2the pressure of holder (is such as less than 5x10 ^-3hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-4hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-5hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-6holder or 5x10 ^-7holder) space emptying in fact.Such as, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises the multilayer insulant of multiple layers and has and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises the multilayer insulant of multiple layers and has and be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.

Depend on embodiment, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be made up of diversified material.Such as, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be made by having the metal of the feature being suitable for given embodiment, glass fibre or plastics.Such as, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise have suitable intensity, hardness, durability, cost, availability, conductive characteristic, gas discharging performance or other be suitable for these materials of the Consideration of given embodiment.In certain embodiments, for the manufacture of the material of the independent section of this container 100 and to form an air-locked sealing between these sections compatible.In certain embodiments, outer wall 105 is made up of stainless steel.In certain embodiments, outer wall 105 is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, this inwall 110 is made up of stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this inwall 110 is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, being made up of stainless steel in whole or in part of this connector 115.In certain embodiments, this connector 115 is made of aluminum in whole or in part.Embodiment comprises such container, and this container has the inwall 110 and an outer wall 105 be made up of stainless steel, and has a connector 115 of multiple section and the multiple sections made of aluminum be made up of stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this connector 115 is made up of glass fibre.In certain embodiments, multiple part of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 or parts can be made up of the material of composite material or layering.Such as, an outer wall 105 can be made up of stainless steel in fact, and outside covers plastics, such as, in order to protect the outer surface of this container not scratched.Such as, an inwall 110 can be made up of stainless steel in fact, in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130, there is a coating, this coating is plastics, rubber, foam or other materials being suitable for storing in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 provide support and the material of adiabaticity.

Fig. 1 illustrates a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110, and one of them flexible connector 115 is between outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.As shown in Figure 1, this inwall 110 generally defines a thermosealed in fact storage area 130.When this container 100 is in stand up position, as shown in Figure 1, this connector 115 is configured for the quality of all the elements thing that is that support this inwall 110 completely and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130.In addition, comprise in space 120 and be significantly less than atmospheric gas pressure and (such as, be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2hold in the palm, be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-3hold in the palm, be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-4hold in the palm or be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4holder) embodiment in, this connector 115 as shown in Figure 1 resist the dividing potential drop in this space 120 power and support this inwall 110 and the quality of any content of this thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Such as, a diameter about 2 is comprised at this connector 115 ¹/ ₂inch passage 125 and the dividing potential drop in space 120 is 5x10 ^-4in an embodiment of holder, due to the dividing potential drop in space 120, the downward power on this region directly relative with the end of passage 125 of this inwall 110 approximates 100 pounds of weight in this position.As shown in Figure 1, when this container 100 is in stand up position, when there is no extra support element in space 120, the quality of any content that is that this connector 115 supports in fact this inwall 110 and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Such as, in embodiment as shown in Figure 1, this inwall 110 is connected with this connector 115, and when this container 100 is in stand up position, this inwall 110 does not contact with any other support unit.As shown in Figure 1, freely to be supported by connector 115 completely and wherein this connector 115 is in multiple embodiments of flexible connector at inwall 110, this inwall 110 may wave in response to the movement of this container 100 or otherwise move in space 120.Such as, when transporting this container 100, this flexible connector 115 may produce bending or flexure in response to carriage movement, and this inwall 110 correspondingly may wave in space 120 or move.

Fig. 2 depicts the many aspects of some embodiments of a thermosealed in fact container 100.Fig. 2 depicts an inwall 110 with cross section and is connected with a connector 115.Although what show is a connector 115 with flexible section 160, connector 115 can be inflexibilty in certain embodiments.The inside of this connector 115 defines in fact a passage 125 between this external container and the inside of a storage area 130.As shown in Figure 2, multiple flanges of the flexible section 160 of this connector 115 define a microscler passage of heat on the surface of this connector 115, and this passage of heat defines these edges of this passage 125 between this storage area 130 and region of this external container.The thermal energy transfer providing reduction along this passage 125 compared by the microscler passage of heat of this passage 125 and smooth (such as, a flangeless) connector 115.

Connector 115 as Figure 2 shows comprises in fact around first compression unit 250 of one end of this flexible section 160 and in fact around second compression unit 240 of the other end of this this flexible section 160.Although show only a single compact-stranded wire 230 in the view of Fig. 2, in an actual embodiment, multiple compact-stranded wire 230 is positioned in the circumference of this flexible section 160.The plurality of compact-stranded wire 230 is attached on this first compression unit 250 and this both second compression unit 240, thus secures in fact admissible ultimate range between this first compression unit 250 and this second compression unit 240.This connector 115 is connected with the inwall 110 of this container 100 by a linkage unit 270.

Inwall 110 and/or outer wall 105 be made up of one or more materials and in multiple embodiments that connector 115 is materials different by one or more to be made, one or more linkage unit 270 can be comprised, to guarantee suitably strong, the durable and/or air-locked connection function between this inwall 110 and this connector 115 and/or between outer wall 105 and this connector 115 in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100." linkage unit " comprises one and is configured for the unit be connected on two different parts of this container 100 as used in this, thus between these different parts, form a kind of connection.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in the air-locked connection of one between the outer wall of the first end of this connector 115 and the edge of this outer cinclides.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in the air-locked connection of one between the inwall of this second end of this passage and the edge of this inner wall hole.Be included in the air-locked connection of one between this second end of this passage and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in some embodiments, this air-locked connection is in fact around the hole in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Such as, made of aluminum and connector 115 is in the multiple embodiments be made up of stainless steel at inwall 110 and/or outer wall 105, one or more linkage unit 270 can be comprised, to guarantee a kind of suitably strong between this inwall 110 and this connector 115 and/or between outer wall 105 and this connector 115 and air-locked attached effect in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.Be included in the air-locked connection of one between this first end of this passage and the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in some embodiments, this air-locked connection is in fact around the hole in this outside.Such as, the linkage unit of a ring-type in fact can be comprised functionally to connect the edge in the hole in the top of this connector 115 and outer wall 105.Such as, Fig. 2 illustrate the hole in the bottom margin and this inwall 110 of this connector 115 edge between the linkage unit 270 of a ring-type in fact.These linkage units of as shown in Figure 2 270 can be made up of the clad metal of roll bonding, the transition inserting member of such as roll bonding, as from Si Bo Industries, Inc (SpurIndustriesInc.) (Washington, Spokane city (SpokaneWA)) obtainable those.Such as, the transition inserting member comprising a kind of roll bonding that a stainless steel lining is attached on an aluminium lamination is the suitable matrix for making aluminium matter outer wall 105 or the linkage unit 270 between inwall 110 and stainless steel connector 115.In such an embodiment, linkage unit 270 is positioned such that identical material to be placed in each other and then to use conventional method (as welding) and this is operationally sealed.Such as, in the embodiment that container 100 comprises an aluminium matter outer wall 105 and a stainless steel connector 115, the transition inserting member comprising a kind of roll bonding that a stainless steel lining is attached on an aluminium lamination can be used in first linkage unit, and this first linkage unit is appropriately located to and this aluminium outer wall 105 can be soldered on the aluminum portions of this first linkage unit.Equally, the stainless steel parts of this linkage unit can be soldered in the top of this stainless steel connector 115.Second linkage unit 270 can similarly for being operationally attached to the edge in the hole in this aluminium inwall 110 by the bottom margin of this stainless steel connector 115.In the embodiment not using linkage unit 270, method for welding and suitable filler material can be used operationally to be attached the connector 115 be made up of the material being different from manufacture outer wall 105 and/or inwall 110 material therefor.

As Figure 2 shows, the inside of this storage area 130 comprises a memory structure 200.This memory structure 200 is fixed on the internal surface of this inwall 110.Memory structure 200 demonstrated in Figure 2 comprises multiple holes 220,210 with equal sizes and shape.In the sectional view of Fig. 2, some in this some holes 220,210 are drawn completely and some are only locally drawn.This memory structure 200 comprises a plane structure, this plane structure comprises multiple hole 220,210, wherein this plane structure is positioned near a wall of this thermosealed storage area 130, and this wall is the relative and diameter parallel of single access aperture with this in fact of access aperture single with this.The plurality of hole 220,210 be included in this memory structure 200 comprises multiple hole circular in fact.The plurality of hole 220,210 be included in this memory structure 200 comprises a single hole 210 of multiple holes 220 of locating the periphery around this memory structure 200 and the center being positioned at this memory structure 200.As shown in Figure 2, this some holes 220,210 be included in this memory structure 200 has size and shape similar in fact, thus allows these radiator units and these storage material modules to exchange in different holes 220,210.

Although what describe in Fig. 2 is the memory structure 200 of a plane in fact, in certain embodiments memory structure can comprise support, hook, spring, flange or other be suitable for reversibly storing these heat spreader modules of this embodiment and the multiple configuration of storage material module.Such as, a memory structure can comprise multiple support and/or hook.Such as, memory structure can comprise the multiple supports with opening, and these openings are configured for and multiple heat spreader module and the slippage of storage material module are entered in this structure.Such as, a memory structure can comprise the structure of multiple suspension cylinder and/or the carousel shape with opening, and these openings are configured for and multiple heat spreader module and the slippage of storage material module are entered in this structure.Some embodiments comprise the memory structure with following characteristics (aspect), these features be configured for auxiliary multiple heat spreader module and/or storage material module (as sliding motion structure and/or orientation direction structure) insertion, locate and remove.Some embodiments are included on a microscler pole post one and outsidely insert and apparatus for removing, as hook, ring or support, its be configured to auxiliary multiple heat spreader module and/or storage material module insertion, locate and remove.

In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included in the one or more memory structures 200 at least one inside, thermosealed storage area 130.A memory structure 200 is configured for and receives and store at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.A memory structure 200 is configured for the interchangeable storage of at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.Such as, a memory structure can comprise framework (rack), shelf, container, thermal insulation, shock insulation thing or be configured to material storage other structures in this storage area 130.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one support, and this support is configured to reversibly be attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one framework, and this framework is configured to reversibly be attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one fixture, and this fixture is configured to reversibly be attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one fastening piece, and this fastening piece is configured to reversibly be attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included in the one or more removable inserting member at least one inside, thermosealed storage area 130.These removable inserting members can be made up of any material being suitable for this embodiment, comprise non-toxic material, metal, alloy, composite material or plastics.This one or more removable inserting member can comprise the inserting member that can be easily reused or repair.This one or more removable inserting member can comprise as this embodiment be applicable can the inserting member of cleaned, sterilization or sterilization.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one support, and this support is configured to reversibly be attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure is configured for the interchangeable storage of multiple module, and wherein these modules comprise at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.

In certain embodiments, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel can comprise one or more radiator unit be thermally connected on one or more storage area 130.In certain embodiments, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can not comprise radiator unit.In certain embodiments, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in that this container 100 is inner, multiple radiator units such as within a storage area 130.Radiator unit can be modular type and be configured to be removable and interchangeable.In certain embodiments, radiator unit is configured to multiple storage material module is interchangeable.Depend on embodiment, heat spreader module can be made of a variety of materials.Can select based on multifrequency nature for the material be included in a heat spreader module, stability when experiencing distinct temperature of such as thermal conductivity, durability in time, material and stability, cost, weight, density and the availability of material when experiencing the repetitive cycling of freezing and thawing.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of metal.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made up of stainless steel.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of plastics.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made up of polyethylene.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made up of polypropylene.It is durable and reusable that radiator unit can be manufactured into, and such as, radiator unit can be made up of stainless steel and water.Radiator unit can be brought to a suitable temperature before putting into storage area 130, such as, radiator unit may be frozen and then before putting into storage area 130, be brought to 0 degree Celsius in the outside of this container 100 under-20 degrees Celsius in the outside of container 100.

Term as used in this " radiator unit " comprises the unit that one or more absorbs heat energy.Such as, be called the 5th, 390 of " radiator [HeatSink] " see the name of authorizing the people such as Voorhes, No. 734 U. S. Patents, the name of authorizing the people such as Ruka is called " radiator [HeatSink] " the 4th, 057, No. 101 U. S. Patents, the name of authorizing the people such as Best is called " heat or thermal energy storage structure [HeatorThermalEnergyStorageStructure] " the 4th, 003, No. 426 U. S. Patents, and the name of authorizing Faghri be called " thermal energy storage heat exchanger [ThermalEnergyStorageHeatExchanger] " the 4th, 976, No. 308 U. S. Patents, also have the people such as Zalba, " thermal energy storage with phase transformation is looked back: material, Analysis of heat transfer and application [Reviewonthermalenergystoragewithphasechange:materials, heattransferanalysisandapplications] ", application heat enginnering [AppliedThermalEngineerin], 23rd volume in 2003, 251-283 page, these files are combined in this each via quoting.In these embodiments described here, all heat sink materials be included in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 are all positioned at specific radiator unit, as the following drawings shown.All embodiments described here comprise the heat sink material of the radiator unit being only positioned at sealing, and these materials are maintained in different physically from any storage material in storage area 130 and separate.This physical distance allows heat energy from the internal delivery of this storage area 130 to this radiator when this storage material unduly cools, supercooling may damage this storage material such as, many medical product must be stored in one close to but higher than at the temperature (such as, about 2 degrees Celsius to about 8 degrees Celsius) of freezing temperature.See people such as Wirkas, " the vaccine cold chain in the PNC focus technology demand of hot climate country freezes to study [AVaccinesColdChainFreezingStudyinPNGHighlightsTechnology NeedsforHotClimateCountries] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 25th volume in 2007,691-697 page.Radiator unit can comprise, such as: the unit comprising the ice freezing water or other types; Carbon dioxide (the CO of the frozen material of gaseous state-as freezed is generally under being included in ambient temperature and pressure ₂) unit; The unit of fluent material as liquid nitrogen of gaseous state is generally under being included in ambient temperature and pressure; Comprise and there is the artificial gel of heat dispersion or the unit of composite material; Comprise the unit of phase-change material; And comprise the unit of refrigeration agent.See, such as: the U. S. Patent 5,261,241 that the name of authorizing the people such as Kitahara is called " refrigeration agent [Refrigerant] "; The U. S. Patent 4,810,403 that the name of authorizing the people such as Bivens is called " halocarbon blend [HalocarbonBlendsforRefrigerantUse] for refrigeration agent purposes "; The U. S. Patent 4,428,854 that the name of authorizing the people such as Enjo is called " the absorption refrigeration agent composition [AbsorptionRefrigerantCompositionsforUseinAbsorptionRefri gerationSystems] in absorption refrigeration system "; And authorize the U. S. Patent 4,482,465 that Gray name is called " hydrocarbon-halocarbon refrigerant blend [Hydrocarbon-HalocarbonRefrigerantBlends] ", these patents are combined in this each via quoting.In certain embodiments, radiator material comprise the tetradecane and cetane binary mixture (see, such as, the people such as Bo, " tetradecane and cetane binary mixture as phase-change material (PCM) for storing [Tetradecaneandhexadecanebinarymixturesasphasechangemater ials (PCMs) forcoolstorageindistrictcoolingsystems] at region cooling system inter-cooling level ", energy [Energy], 24th volume in 1999,1015-1028 page, this file is combined in this by reference).In certain embodiments, heat sink material comprises the obtainable commercially available material of unified dissolving company (EntropySolutionsInc., Plymouth, Minnesota) from Plymouth city, the Minnesota State, such as PureTemp ^tMphase-change material.

These heat sink materials for given embodiment can change according to following factor: the desired inside temperature of this storage area 130 and set use length and other factors, the cost of such as this heat sink material, weight and toxicity.Although these heat sink materials are only intended in the radiator unit for sealing in these embodiments described here, the toxicity of heat sink material may be relevant for manufacture or disposal object.As an example, for this storage area 130 be intended to maintain to continue 30 days between about 2 degree to about 8 degrees Celsius or the longer time multiple embodiments for, water ice or frozen water composition can be used as heat sink material.

In these embodiments described here, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises one or more storage material module.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in multiple storage material modules in storage area 130, that be associated with a memory structure 200.Storage material module can be configured for the edge in the hole 220,210 of reversibly mating in this memory structure 200, as shown in Figure 3.Storage material module can be configured to one give sizing container 100 and have specific dimensions hole 220,210 memory structure 200 together with use.Such as, a storage material module can have such height: be suitable for the memory structure 200 in coupling storage area 130 time in stand up position and do not produce with the internal surface of this storage area 130 contacting.Such as, storage material module can be columniform and match with the jot external space in the hole 220,210 of memory structure 130.

" storage material module " refers to the Modular units being configured for storage material in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 as used in this.Storage material module is modular type and is configured to be removable and interchangeable.Storage material module is configured to be removable and be to each other and interchangeable to the radiator unit of such as similar size and shape.Storage material module as described in this is configured for in the hole 220,210 in minimum open spatial match memory structure 200.Storage material module can comprise multiple storage element.Such as, a storage material module can comprise multiple cup, drawer, inserting member, depression, cavity or interior room, and wherein each can be a storage element of the storage being configured for material.In certain embodiments, multiple storage material module is configured to be interchangeable with multiple radiator unit.Storage material module can be configured to have a stand-by memory structure 200 and be fixed in place in storage area 130.Depend on embodiment, storage material module can be made up of different materials.Can select based on multifrequency nature for the material be included in a storage material module, such as thermal conductivity, durability in time, stability, stability, intensity, cost, weight, density and the availability of material when through power distinct temperature.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of metal.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made up of stainless steel.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of plastics.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made up of polyethylene.Such as, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made up of polypropylene.

Fig. 3 illustrates the many aspects of a memory structure 200 and multiple module 300, comprises multiple heat spreader module 310 and storage material module 320.As shown in Fig. 3, memory structure 200 is configured for and receives and store multiple module 300, and wherein these modules comprise at least one heat spreader module 310 and at least one storage material module 320.As shown in Fig. 3, this memory structure 200 is configured for the interchangeable storage of multiple module 300, and wherein these modules comprise at least one heat spreader module 310 and at least one storage material module 320.Memory structure 200 as shown in Fig. 3 comprises a plane structure, and this plane structure comprises multiple circular port 220,210 (see Fig. 2).The plurality of module 300 of showing in Fig. 3 is configured to the surface of reversibly mating these circular ports 220,210.It is interchangeable that the plurality of module 300 is configured on the diverse location in this memory structure 200.This memory structure 200 comprises multiple circular ports 220,210 with size equal in fact and interval, and these circular ports are configured for the modularization format promoting the plurality of module 300.Although the outside of this container 100 is not shown in figure 3, this memory structure 200 and the plurality of module 300 are configured for and are included in the storage area 130 of a container 100.

A storage material module 320 as shown in Fig. 3 comprises multiple storage element 330.In embodiment shown in figure 3, these storage elements 330 are arranged to column structure in this storage material module 320.Each storage module 320 comprises the multiple storage elements being oriented to a columnar arrays.In certain embodiments, the plurality of storage element 330 can have size and shape equal in fact as described in Figure 3.In certain embodiments, the plurality of storage element 330 can be oriented to columnar arrays and wherein these storage elements 330 have horizontal dimension equal in fact and wherein, the plurality of storage element 330 comprises the multiple independent storage element 330 with at least two different vertical sizes.Multiple storage elements 330 with fixing horizontal dimension can be stacked as a linear array.But multiple storage elements 330 with fixing width or diameter do not need to have identical height.In certain embodiments, the storage element 330 with different heights can be store be of different sizes or height material desired by.Such as, be configured for the medical product bottle of storage as in the embodiment of vaccine vial, the storage element 330 with different heights can be configured for the vaccine vial storing different size.A storage element 330 can be configured for the vaccine vial of the vaccine vial of the 2cc of such as storage standard size or the 3cc of normal size.A storage material module 320 also comprises a lid 340.This lid 340 can be configured to surround adjacent storage element 330.This lid can be removable and reproducible.A central stabilizer 350 can be attached in a storage material module 320.A central stabilizer 350 can reversibly be attached on a lid 340, and such as, by the screw on this central stabilizer 350, this screw is configured for corresponding threaded holes covered on the surface of 340 with this and closes.

Depend on embodiment, multiple storage material module 320 and the multiple storage material unit 330 be associated can be made of a variety of materials.Such as, these storage material modules 320 and storage material unit 330 can be manufactured by a kind of plastics of low thermal mass or rigid foams.In certain embodiments, these storage material modules 320 and storage material unit 330 can be made up of acronitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) plastics.In certain embodiments, these storage material modules 320 can comprise metal parts.

In certain embodiments, a memory structure 200 and multiple module 300 can be configured for (comprising heat spreader module 310 and storage material module 320) the interchangeable storage of heat spreader module 310 and storage material module 320.Can change for any special-purpose of this container 100 heat spreader module 310 and the type of storage material module 320 and the selection of number.Such as, be required to store in the embodiment of longer a period of time in a predetermined temperature range in these storage material modules 320, relatively less storage material module 320 and relatively more heat spreader module 310 can be comprised.Such as, in an embodiment as described in Figure 3, total nine heat spreader modules can be comprised in the outer ring of this memory structure 200, and single storage material module 320 can be comprised at the center of this circle.An embodiment as depicted in fig. 3 such as can be configured for and store at least three months by single storage material module 320 and under amounting to the temperature of nine heat spreader modules 310 (comprising water ice) between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius.An embodiment as depicted in fig. 3 such as can be configured for and store at least two months by two storage material modules 320 and under amounting to the temperature of eight heat spreader modules 310 (comprising water ice) between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius.

Can utilize storage material module 320 and the heat spreader module 310 of other configurations and relative number, this depends on concrete container 100 and the storage time desired in a specific temperature range.Can comprise storage material module 320 and the heat spreader module 310 of other configurations and ratio in a specific container 100, this depends on the storage time desired in a specific temperature range.Can comprise storage material module 320 and the heat spreader module 310 of other configurations and ratio in a specific container 100, this depends on the number of times entering event in the storage time desired by a specific temperature range.Can estimate that one comprises the heat spreader module 310 being in heat sink material under specified temp, specific volume and will have the energy storage of specified quantitative, as with the energy of joulemeter.Suppose to there is constant heat leak in this container 100, then can the increment size in unit of account storage time, such as joule number.Suppose to exist the storage area of in container constant to enter energy loss, then can calculate the energy increment value at every turn entering storage area, as joule number.For specific purposes, one or more heat spreader modules 310 with corresponding energy storage value (such as joule number) can be comprised, as calculated by the unit storage time.For specific purposes, one or more heat spreader modules 310 with corresponding energy storage value (such as joule number) can be comprised, as by enter at every turn storage area (as removed and/or insert stored material) calculate.

Fig. 4 illustrates the many aspects of the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprising multiple storage material module 310,320.Fig. 4 depicts the connector 115 of an inwall 110 and an attachment with cross section.In order to show the inner piece of this container 100, do not describe outer wall 105 and other aspects of this container in the diagram.Storage area 130 in this inwall 110 comprises multiple storage module 310,320.Fig. 4 is two heat spreader modules 310 with cross section shows.Be apparent that in this sectional view, each self-contained two radiator units of these two heat spreader modules 310 are a top heat dissipation region and a bottom heat dissipation region relative to the orientation of Fig. 4.The each self-contained lid 360 of these heat spreader modules 310.This lid 360 can be configured to be removable, and such as, by helical screw thread, this screw thread is configured for an edge of this radiator unit of coupling.In certain embodiments, a radiator unit or module can not comprise lid 360, but are structurally sealed.In certain embodiments, this lid 360 can comprise flange, handle, knob or axle, and it is configured to realize inserting and remove this heat spreader module 310 to this container 100.Such as, lid 360 can comprise a kind of thin flexible arc material in the outside of this lid, and this arc material has suitable intensity to allow it to be used as a handles insert and remove this heat spreader module 310 to this storage area 130.Heat spreader module 310 can be columniform, as Figure 4 shows.Heat spreader module 310 can comprise such as water, water ice and/or air.Heat spreader module 310 can comprise can by the heat sink material reinstalled, such as water (that is, by cooling or freezing).A heat spreader module 310 can comprise a kind of heat sink material that may be replaced (that is, by opening a lid 360).The heat spreader module 310 shown is columniform in fact in shape and comprises multiple lid 360 being configured for this heat spreader module 310 of reversibly opening.Such as, these heat spreader modules 310 can be opened and carry out reinstalling or changing of heat sink material in these heat spreader modules 310.In certain embodiments, these heat spreader modules 310 can be configured for reversibly opening by hermetically closing (e.g., passing through solder joint).These heat spreader modules 310 can comprise two or more radiator units (e.g., relative to Fig. 4 in top or bottom).Multiple radiator unit can pass through model calling (such as by viscosity attachment, welding attachment or the reversible attachment of screw type) and be attached to form a heat spreader module 310.

Some embodiments comprise as Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 multiple heat spreader modules 310 with cylindrical shape in fact of describing.The material used in the manufacture of these radiator units may depend on the thermal characteristics of this heat sink material such as stored in these heat spreader modules 310.The material used in the manufacture of these heat spreader modules 310 may depend on such as cost, weight, availability and durability.These heat spreader modules 310 can be made up of the stainless steel of the type and thickness that are suitable for this embodiment.These heat spreader modules 310 can comprise the water being stored in inside as heat sink material.Such as, columniform in fact heat spreader module 310 can be made up of stainless steel and about 90% be filled by water.So, these heat spreader modules 310 can be positioned horizontally and be set as that in the environment of about-20 degrees Celsius, (such as, the freezer of standard) is freezing.After being enough to a period of time making the water in these heat spreader modules 310 freeze, these heat spreader modules can be removed and under being placed on about 20 degrees Celsius (such as, average room temperature) until some water transfers ice to.See such as " preventing the freezing damage [PreventingFreezeDamagetoVaccines] of vaccine ", WHO publication number WHO/IVB/07.09; And the people such as Magennis, " medicine cold chain: last gap [PharmaceuticalColdChain:aGapintheLastMile] ", medicine and medical package news-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT supplement [Pharmaceutical & MedicalPackagingNews, SupplyChainManagementSupplement], in September, 2010,44-50 page, above-mentioned file is combined in this by reference.Once these heat spreader modules 310 comprise ice and liquid water simultaneously, then use in the storage area 130 that they are ready in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 with large temperature range between 0 degree Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius.

Fig. 4 depicts a storage material module 320 intracardiac in this storage area 130 with cross section.This storage material module 320 comprises a series of storage material unit 330 being arranged to columnar arrays.These storage material unit 330 comprise a lateral side regions 440 separately and one be oriented to the bottom section 430 at a right angle in fact relative to this lateral side regions 440.These storage material unit 330 are included in the multiple holes 410 in the bottom of this storage material unit 330 separately.Such hole can be configured for the thermal cycle around the storage material of improvement in this storage material unit 330.Such hole can be configured to improve the storage material ambient air stream in this storage material unit 330.This storage material module 320 is included in a base 420 of the lower end of this module 320, and this base has an outer surface, and this outer surface is configured for the internal surface of the central hole 210 reversibly mated in this memory structure 200.

Storage material module 320 can be configured for the hole (for example, see Fig. 9, Figure 10 and Figure 11) of reversibly mating in this memory structure.This storage material module 320 comprises multiple storage material unit 330.Although these storage material unit 330 described in figs. 3 and 4 have similar vertical size or height separately, in certain embodiments, these storage material unit 330 can have multiple vertical size or height.These storage material unit 330 are configured to the shape of cup-shaped separately.These storage material unit 330 comprise a lateral side regions 440 separately and one be oriented to the bottom section 430 at a right angle in fact relative to this lateral side regions 440.These storage material unit 330 are included in the multiple holes 410 in the bottom of this cup-shaped unit separately.It is stacking that these storage material unit 330 are aligned to column, and the majority wherein in these storage material unit 330 is shelved on the top of a lower storage material cell 330.In the bottom of this row storage material unit 330, the storage material unit 330 of bottom is positioned on the top of a storage material module base 420.On the top of this row storage material unit 330, the highest storage material unit 330 is covered by a lid 340.This lid 340 comprises an attachment area 370.Although not specified (NS) in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, in certain embodiments, a storage material module 320 comprises flange, knob, handle or axle, and it is configured to realize this storage material module 320 being removed and inserting in a storage area 130.Although not specified (NS) in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, in certain embodiments, storage material module 320 comprises a depression along at least one vertical side, and this depression is configured for be inserted and the wire supported as a part for an information system.Although not specified (NS) in figs. 3 and 4, but in certain embodiments, storage material module 320 comprises a depression along at least one vertical side, and this depression is configured for be inserted and the wire supported as a part for a sensing system.

With the top of this storage material module 320 of cross section shows, Fig. 4 depicts the attachment area 370 being configured for and a central stabilizer unit 350 being reversibly attached in this storage material module 320.Such as, this attachment area 370 can comprise a threaded portion, and this threaded portion is configured for the threaded portion reversibly mated in a central stabilizer unit 350.This central stabilizer unit 350 can be constructed by a kind of material (plastics of such as low thermal mass or rigid foams) with low heat conductivity.This central stabilizer unit 350 can be configured to fill in fact the passage 125 in this connector 115.This central stabilizer unit 350 can be configured to provide side stabilization and/or supporting effect to attached storage material module 320.As Figure 4 shows, the far-end of a central stabilizer unit 350 can reach outside one end of this connector 115.

Fig. 5 illustrates the many aspects of a kind of equipment for a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.A kind of equipment as Figure 5 shows comprises: a storage material module, this storage material module comprises the multiple storage elements being configured for and storing multiple medical article unit, and this storage material module comprises a surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit; Be configured for a stable storing device unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; Be configured for the surface of at least one in the multiple storage elements reversibly mated in this storage material module and be configured for the storage material module lid on the surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit; And be configured for a central stabilizer unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein this central stabilizer unit has certain size and shape to fill in fact a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.The size and shape of this equipment depends on this special container 100 used for this equipment.Such as, this storage material module base 420 is configured for the surface in the hole of reversibly mating in this memory structure 200, and this lid 500 is configured in the outside of this container 100.Therefore, this equipment must have a suitable length (such as, axis between this storage material module base 420 with this lid handle 510) to allow this storage material module base 420 reversibly to mate the surface in the hole in this memory structure 200, allow this lid 500 to rest on the outside of this container 100 simultaneously.Equally, the storage material module base 420 of this equipment, storage material module 320 and central stabilizer 350 are all configured to need reversibly insert through the inside of this passage 125 to this container 100 and shift out.Therefore, this equipment must have a diameter across this storage material module base 420, storage material module 320 and central stabilizer 350 (such as, be approximate horizontal relative to Fig. 5) to be engaged in this passage 125.Preferably, this central stabilizer 350 has a diameter of the minimum diameter being similar to this passage 125, make when this equipment uses in this container 100 like this, between the outer surface and the surface of this connector 115 of this central stabilizer 350, there is a minimum air space.Equipment as Figure 5 shows also should have weight and the size of applicable people control.Such as, this equipment should be configured to allow individual easily with a hand by this equipment from this container 100 partly pull out and from storage element 330, shift out stored material with another hand.Such as, whole equipment as Figure 5 shows be no more than 3kg when using together with the storage material comprised in these storage elements 330A-I or is no more than 5kg or is no more than 7kg or is no more than 10kg.

Multiple parts of this equipment can be made of a variety of materials, and this depends on embodiment.Such as, multiple parts can by for multiple attribute the material selected make, these attributes are such as cost, intensity, density, weight, durability, low heat transfer characteristic, corrosion resistance and thermostability.Some parts can by a kind of rigid plastic material such as polyoxymethylene (POM) or Delrin ^tMmake.Some parts can be made up of stainless steel.Some parts can be made of aluminum.Some parts can be made up of glass-reinforced plastic (GRP) (GRP) or glass fibre.

As shown in Figure 5, a storage material module 320 comprises multiple storage material unit, 330A, 330B, 330C, 330D, 330E, 330F, 330G, 330H and 330I.These storage elements 330A-I is oriented to a cylindrical array in this storage material module 320.These storage elements 330A-I is oriented to a vertical stacking in this storage material module 320.As shown in the figure, these storage elements 330A-I is configured in this storage material module 320 is interchangeable.Such as, when this storage material module 320 does not lose function and size of population and shape significantly do not change, storage element 330B and storage element 330D can be shifted out from this storage material module 320 and in this storage material module 320 switching position (such as, making the order of storage element will be A, D, C, B, E, F, G, H, I).As shown in the figure, storage element 330A-I has size and shape similar in fact.In certain embodiments, at least two storage elements 330 may be had to have diameter similar relative to this row storage material module 320, but there is different length or height for the storage material module 320 of showing relative to Fig. 5.The storage element 330 varied in size like this may be applicable to the material storage of different size in a single storage material module 320.Such as, the medical product bottle (such as, vaccine vial) of different heights can be stored in having in the different storage elements 330 of different heights in a single storage material module 320.

These storage elements 330A-I is configured for separately and stores multiple medicinal unit, and more specifically these storage elements 330A-I is configured for the multiple medical product bottle storing and have setting size and shape separately, such as vaccine vial.These storage elements 330A-I vaccine vial is configured for the vaccine vial storing some, and this depends on the size (such as, the bottle of 2cc or 3cc) of these vaccine vial.During given free space, these storage elements 330A-I is configured for the medical product bottle storing maximum number separately, such as, be less than 30 medical product bottles, be less than 20 medical product bottles, be less than 10 medical product bottles.In certain embodiments, the one or more packagings being configured for the storage medical product injector of multiple prepackage and being associated in the plurality of storage element 330A-I, such as, containing the prefilled syringe of vaccine.Given free space and be associated with prefilled syringe packaging time, these storage elements 330A-I can be configured for the prepackage medical treatment product injector storing maximum number separately, such as, be less than 25 pharmaceutical injection devices, be less than 20 pharmaceutical injection devices, be less than 15 pharmaceutical injection devices, be less than 10 pharmaceutical injection devices or be less than 5 pharmaceutical injection devices.The material of extra packaging, liner or limit pollution may be added in one or more storage element 330A-I, as desired by for the specific embodiment of storage material and type.One or more storage element 330A-I can also be left a blank in the using process of this container, and this depends on the needs of user.

This storage material module 320 comprises the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.More precisely, this storage material module 320 comprises a storage material module base 420, and this base is operationally attached in this storage material module away from one end place of this storage material module lid in this storage material module.The outer surface of storage material module base 420 is configured for the edge surface (not showing in Fig. 5) in the hole 220,210 of reversibly mating in this memory structure 200.In certain embodiments, as Figure 26-31 show and as discussed more fully in word associated therewith, a storage material module base 420 comprises one or more hole, and this some holes has the edge being configured for the outer surface reversibly mating a stabilizer unit.

The equipment that Fig. 5 describes also comprises a stable storing device unit 570, and this stable storing device unit is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module 320.Each in multiple storage element 330A-I in this storage material module 320 comprises the surface being configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this stable storing device unit 570.See also Fig. 9-11 and associated word.As shown in Figure 5, the stable storing device unit 570 having of staff-like shape in fact single is located along the outward edge on the surface of this storage material module 320.In certain embodiments, two or more stable storing device unit 570 can be there are.The given application of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel will be depended on to the number of stable storing device unit 570 and the selection of position, the desired movement of such as this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in transport or using process.Stable storing device unit 570 is configured for provides lateral support to this storage material module 320 post, thus in use maintains the structure of this storage material module 320.Depend on embodiment, stable storing device unit 570 can be made up of materials such as such as stainless steel, plastics or glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).For durability, stable storing device unit 570 can be made up of the corrosion resistant and a kind of material maintaining its performance in given given application.Such as, comprising at given application maintains in the multiple embodiments between 0 degree Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius by the internal storage area 130 of container 100, and the material that stable storing device unit 570 can maintain its intensity and structure by a kind of expection in this temperature range is made.Such as, comprise in multiple embodiments of wet condition at this given application, stable storing device unit 570 can be made up of a kind of material under these conditions with low-corrosiveness.Figure 11, Figure 12 and Figure 21-29 and word associated therewith further describe stable storing device unit 570.

As shown in Figure 5, this equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, and this storage material module lid is configured for the surface of at least one storage element (330A as Figure 5 shows) in the multiple storage elements reversibly mated in this storage material module 320 and is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit 570.This storage material module lid 340 is configured to one end place of the columnar arrays of the storage material unit 330 be positioned in a storage material module 320.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise at least one hole, and this hole has a surface on the surface being configured for the contact pin of reversibly mating a storage material unit 330.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise at least one hole, and this hole is configured for the fastening piece be attached between this storage material module 320 and this storage material module lid 340.Depend on embodiment, a storage material module lid 340 can be made up of the material with low heat density and enough intensity and durability of some.Such as, storage material module lid 340 can be made up of low-heat dense plastic or glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).

A storage material module lid 340 is configured for a surface of reversibly mating a central stabilizer unit 350.This lid can comprise a join domain 370, as in Figure 13-17 in greater detail.A join domain 370 can comprise a base and a wheel rim, and wherein a surface of this join domain 370 is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this central stabilizer 350.Join domain 370 is configured to allow user reversibly to slide in the using process of this equipment this storage material module 320 and this central stabilizer unit 350 and maintain their relative position.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise one and comprise the join domain 370 in hole and a circuit connector in this hole, and this circuit connector is configured for the corresponding circuit connector reversibly mated on the surface of this central stabilizer 350.Such as, the hole in a storage material module lid 340 can be configured to permission circuit connector and be positioned at this hole, and this circuit connector is oriented to a corresponding connector in the central stabilizer unit 350 of coupling one.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise a surface area, and this surface area is configured for a surface of the fastening piece reversibly mated between this storage material unit cover 340 and central stabilizer 350.

The equipment that Fig. 5 shows also comprises a central stabilizer unit 350.This central stabilizer unit 350 is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid 340, and wherein this central stabilizer unit 350 has certain size and shape to fill in fact a passage 125 in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This central stabilizer unit 350 is positioned such that in frequent using process a central axial line is identical in fact with the post formed by this storage material module 340.This central stabilizer unit 350 comprises a base 560, and wherein this base 560 comprises the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid 340.This central stabilizer unit 350 can comprise a hole 550, this hole is configured for and makes user touch a fastening piece release member, and this fastening piece release member is for a fastening piece between this central stabilizer unit 350 and this storage material module 340.This central stabilizer unit 350 can comprise the fastening piece being oriented to this central stabilizer unit be reversibly attached in this storage material module lid 340.This central stabilizer unit 350 can comprise a mechanical release be operationally attached on this fastening piece, and this release member is oriented to touch from the outer surface of this central stabilizer unit 350, such as, through a hole 550.

Equipment as Figure 5 shows comprises a lid 500, this lid be attached in this central stabilizer unit 350 on one end of a position away from this storage material module lid 340.This lid 500 is attached on the handles 510 on a surface of this end away from this central stabilizer unit 350.This lid 500 can comprise a display device 520, such as a figure display unit, as monitor unit, screen or a video display devices.This display device 520 can be one with this lid 500.Display device 520 can be a LCD display.This lid can also comprise a dynamo-electric user input apparatus 530, such as, be operationally attached to the button on circuit.In certain embodiments, this user input apparatus 530 and the circuit be associated operationally are attached on this display device 520, such as, make the signal when this user input apparatus 530 of user operation be sent on display device 520 like this.Such as, people can press a button type user input device 530 and signal is sent to this circuitry, thus causes this system to be responded, to show up-to-date sensor reading on this display device 520 by transmission signal.This lid 500 can comprise an access aperture 540, and this access aperture is for touching a connector on the circuit being operably connected to and being positioned at below this lid 500.In many embodiment:, this lid 500 can be made up of the multiple different material with low heat conductivity and suitable durability, hardness and intensity.Such as, this lid can be made up of the plastics of a kind of suitable plastics, glass-impregnated or aluminium.

Although not shown in Figure 5, this lid 500 is arranged in below this lid and the cover of the circuitry in the space of this container 100 outside as one in certain embodiments.Such as, (namely a circuitry can comprise a global pick device, GPS) and be configured to the set time lag or when a user operation user input apparatus 530 in response to an input signal, signal is sent on display device 520.Such as, circuitry can be operably connected on a temperature transducer being positioned in storage material module 320 or in stabilizer unit 570, this circuitry be configured for the set time lag or when a user operation user input apparatus 530 in response to an input signal, signal is sent on display device 520.In certain embodiments, circuitry can be operably connected to be positioned at this lid 500 surface on the electric mechanical switch in a region, this region is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a thermosealed in fact container 100 when this lid 500 is positioned on container 100.Such electric mechanical switch can be equipped with the circuit that is associated with this switch of box lunch engaged (that is, by the surface of container 100 be against pressure on this lid 500 depress) time maintain a closed circuit.Be positioned at a circuitry on a surface of this lid 500 and the electric mechanical switch that is associated can be configured to not engage in response to this electric mechanical switch and the closed circuit be associated is disconnected and alarm of sounding, such as, signal specific on this display device 520.A circuitry can be configured for the data of passing in time that record such as carrys out sensor.A circuitry can be configured on this display device 520, show data at this user input apparatus 530 of operation in response to the user of this equipment.A circuitry can be configured to predefined parameter (such as, a gps coordinate preset) detected in response to the sensor attached by or a preset temperature detected and show data on this display device 520.

A circuitry can comprise at least one power supply.A power supply can be derived from such as municipal power supply, battery or electricity generating device.Power supply can comprise an electric coupler of be configured to be connected with municipal power supply (connection such as by being associated with the access aperture 540 in lid 500).A power supply can comprise a battery pack.A power supply can comprise generator, such as a solar generator.In certain embodiments, the multiple sensors in this equipment can also be operably connected on the power supply that is positioned at below this lid 500.Such as, power supply (such as battery pack) can be operably connected to by wire and be positioned on the temperature transducer of stabilizer unit, and these wires extend through this stabilizer unit, through the hole in this storage material module lid 340, arrive through the hole in this central stabilizer 350 circuit be positioned at below this lid 500.Such as, power supply (such as battery pack) can be operably connected on the display device 520 that is associated with the surface of this lid 500.

Circuitry can be operatively coupled on a computing device, such as, by wired connection (such as connecting through the access aperture 540 in this lid 500) or wireless connections.This computing device can comprise a display device, such as monitor unit, screen or a video display devices.This computing device can comprise a user interface, such as keyboard, small keybroad, touch screen or computer mouse.Computing device can be a desktop system, or it can comprise the computing device being arranged to movement, as PDA, table-type device, portable machine or a mobile phone.System user can use this computing device to obtain about the information of this circuitry and equipment, the predefined parameter of inquiring this circuitry or arranging about this circuitry.Such as, remote system user (such as the individual of operating remote computing device) can send signal to this circuitry, and these signals are with the instruction of the parameter of the accepted temperature reading for arranging a temperature transducer and the instruction for transmitting signals to this display device 520 when temperature reading and these can accept parameter drift-out.

A circuitry can comprise a controller.A circuitry can comprise a power supply unit.This power supply unit can be configured to such as ensure for passing by time that the energy of this system uses.This power supply unit can be configured to such as being minimized by the total energy in thermosealed in fact for this in container 100 storage area 130, such as, be by being minimized by the electric power distribution to the one or more sensors being positioned at this storage material module 320 or stabilizer unit 570.This power supply unit can comprise a battery capacity monitor.This power supply unit can comprise panel switches.This power supply unit can comprise charging circuit.This power supply unit can be operatively connected on a power supply.Such as, this power supply unit can be configured for the flow of electrical power between the miscellaneous part that monitors in this power supply and this circuitry.Wire connects and power supply unit can be operably connected on power supply.

Depend on embodiment, this circuitry can comprise extra parts.Such as, this circuitry can comprise at least one indicator, as a light-emitting diode display or a display indicator.Such as, this circuitry can comprise at least one indicator providing audible indicator, produces an acoustic emitter of beeping sound, tone, sound signal or alarm as being configured to.Such as, this circuitry can comprise at least one antenna.Antenna can be configured to send and/or Received signal strength from sensor network.An antenna can be configured to send and/or Received signal strength from external network, and such as, from cellular network or the part as a kind of ad-hoc system, this system is configured for the information provided about one group of thermosealed in fact container 100.This circuitry can comprise one or more global pick device (such as, GPS).This circuitry can comprise one or more number according to storage element, as computer DRAM, hard disk drive or CD drive.This circuitry can comprise the circuit being configured for and processing from the data of sensor network.This circuitry can comprise logic system.This circuitry can comprise other parts being suitable for specific embodiment.

This electric circuit electronics technical system can comprise one or more external network connection set.An external network connection set can comprise a cellular phone network transceiver unit.An external network connection set can comprise a WiFi ^tMnetwork transceivers unit.An external network connection set can comprise an ethernet transceiver unit.An external network connection set can be configured to transmit by SMS (Short Message Service) (SMS) agreement.An external network connection set can be configured to be transferred in GPRS (GPRS).An external network connection set can be configured to be transferred in ad-hoc network system.An external network connection set can be configured to be transferred in ad-hoc network system, if a peer is to the mesh network of communication network at the same level, a self-actualization, or a ZigBee ^tMnetwork.

Fig. 6 illustrates the many aspects of the use of the equipment gone out as shown in Figure 5.How multiple parts that Fig. 6 illustrates this equipment can relative to each other offset to touch the storage material in this storage element 330A-I.In the view of Fig. 6, some in the plurality of storage material unit 330A-I moved relative to this storage material module 320 post.Storage material unit 330A and 330B relative to this storage material module 320 post remaining part vertically or upwards (as shown in Figure 6) moved, this storage material module post comprises storage material unit 330C-I and base 420.The user that the relative movement of these storage material unit 330A and 330B allow for this equipment touches the material be stored in this storage material unit 330B, such as, catch one of them to store medical product bottle by the finger of user.Equally, material inserts in storage material unit 330B, such as, by being placed in storage material unit 330B by the medical product bottle in user's hand by the user that the relative movement of these storage material unit 330A and 330B allow for this equipment.Depend on embodiment, the relative movement of these storage material unit (330A and 330B such as shown in Fig. 6) should be enough to allow to touch the storage material in these storage material unit.Such as, multiple storage material unit (330B and 330C in such as Fig. 5) before contacting one another should be moved apart at least 3 centimetres, at least 4 centimetres or at least 5 centimetres, and this depends on the size of this storage material.Such as, it is far away like that multiple storage material unit (330B and 330C in such as Fig. 5) before contacting one another at least should move to the height by the wall therefrom removing this unit (330C in such as Fig. 6) of material apart.

As depicted in figure 6, there is multiple stable storing device unit 570A, 570B in certain embodiments.These stable storing device unit 570A, 570B are configured for a surface of at least one storage element in the multiple storage element 330A-I reversibly mated in this storage material module 320 separately and are configured for and reversibly mate surface respective in these stable storing device unit 330A-I.Such as, as shown in Figure 6, these stable storing device unit 570A, 570B are configured to multiple tubular structure, and these storage elements 330A-I is equipped with a circular surface region on the surface of reversibly mating these tubular structures.As shown in Figure 6, different stable storing device unit 570A, 570B can have different relative diameters.Such as, stable storing device unit 570A can have the about double diameter for stable storing device unit 570B diameter.Such as, stable storing device unit 570A can have the diameter of about a centimetre, and stable storing device unit 570B can have the diameter of about half centimetre.In certain embodiments, the plurality of storage element 330A-I is configured for an axial sliding movement along being limited in fact by one or more stable storing device unit 570A, 570B.As shown in Figure 6, these stable storing device unit 570A, 570B are configured to multiple tubular structure, and a corresponding surface area is equipped with at these storage elements 330A-I, the surface area of this correspondence reversibly mate these tubular structures surface and can along the surface sliding of these tubular structures.Multiplely to have in different stable storing device unit 570A, 570B of different relative diameter existing, be configured for these stabilizer unit 570A of coupling, the storage element 330A-I surface of these correspondences on surface of 570B has different size (see Fig. 9-11 and related text) similarly.Embodiment as illustrated in figure 6 comprises two stable storing device unit 570A, 570B, but, a single stable storing device unit or the stable storing device unit more than two can be there is in certain embodiments.The given application of special container 100 is depended in the number of stable storing device unit and the selection of relative position.Such as, the container 100 be arranged in metastable facility can need less stable storing device unit 570A, 570B than the container 100 being designed in use frequent transport or resettlement.Depend on the given application of this container 100, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made of a variety of materials.The selection of material can relate to multiple Consideration, such as durability, thermal characteristics, corrosion resistance and cost.In certain embodiments, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made up of stainless steel.In certain embodiments, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made up of plastics or glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).

Fig. 7 illustrates an equipment as shown in Figure 5 with full side view.Equipment in the configuration that Fig. 7 shows is suitable for a thermosealed in fact container 100 and is applicable to being placed on wherein.Equipment as shown in Figure 7 comprises a lid 500, and this lid has an integral handles 510 and a user input apparatus 530, such as an electric mechanical switch.This lid 500 is attached in this central stabilizer unit 350 at one end place contrary with the base 560 of a central stabilizer unit 350.This central stabilizer unit 350 comprises a hole 550, this hole is configured to allow the user of this equipment to touch a fastening piece in this central stabilizer unit 350, such as, be configured for this central stabilizer unit relative to a storage material module lid 340 fastening piece that reversibly fixing is in place.This hole comprises a storage material module 320, and the face that stabilizer unit 350 central with this is contrary in this storage material module lid 340 is attached in this storage material module lid 340 this storage material module.This storage material module 320 comprises the multiple storage elements (such as 330) being aligned to a vertical stacking, wherein this stacking in the top of each storage element contact with the corresponding lower edge of adjacent storage units.The bottom of this storage material module 320 comprises a storage material module base 420.In the view of Fig. 7, all storage elements (such as 330) in this storage material module 320 are all on storage location, and do not have substantial space or distance between these storage elements.Although do not illustrate in Fig. 7, this equipment can also be included in this view and be positioned at these storage elements one or more stable storing device unit below.

Fig. 8 depicts a kind of equipment as shown in Figure 7 with similar full side view.Equipment shown in Fig. 8 comprises the feature identical with Fig. 7, and the remaining part (330C-I) during two (330A and 330B) in addition in these storage elements are stacking with this storage element separates.This configuration will allow to touch the material being stored in and being labeled as in this storage element of 330C.As shown in Figure 8, being separated of these storage elements 330A with 330B and residue unit is an axis along being limited in fact by two stable storing device unit 570A and 570B.Corresponding to the relative movement of these storage elements, the two ends of this equipment, handle 510 and this storage material module base 420 have been separated from each other the length of the distance between storage element 330B and 330C in fig. 8 in Fig. 7.

Fig. 9 illustrates the many aspects of a storage material unit 330.The storage material unit 330 shown comprises a sidewall 440.This sidewall 440 is formed by the curved screens of a cylindrical structural in fact.The lower limb of this sidewall 440 comprises at least one depression 940.These edges of this depression 940 are configured for the surface of the one or more corresponding contact pin 900 of reversibly mating on an adjacent storage material unit 330.Storage material unit 330 can be included at least one tab construction 900 on a top edge of this cup-like structure.A storage material unit 330 can comprise at least one depression 940, and wherein, this depression 940 is configured to a tab construction 900 reversibly in coupling adjacent storage material cell 330.Such as, a series of tab construction 900 and corresponding depression 940 can help the storage material unit 330 of the columnar arrays made in a storage material module 320 to stablize.A series of tab construction 900 and corresponding depression 940 can be configured to the potential displacement of these storage material unit 330 in a storage material module 320 is minimized.A series of tab construction 900 and corresponding depression 940 can be configured in the stability increase adding or remove in the process of storage material these storage material unit 330 made in a storage material unit 330 to one or more storage material unit 320.A storage material unit 330 comprises a bottom 430, is plane in fact and is attached on this sidewall 440 with right angle in fact bottom this.This storage material unit bottom 430 can comprise one or more hole 410, this some holes is configured to allow to carry out air circulation through this storage material unit, such as, in storage process or when this equipment is just being inserted in a thermosealed in fact container or when therefrom shifting out.This sidewall 440 comprises at least one space 910, and this space is configured to the region this sidewall 440 being shorter than other regions.Space 910 can be directed and be configured to allow the user of this equipment to observe the inside of this storage material unit 330, such as, be stored in any material in this storage material unit 330.Space 910 can be directed and be configured to more to allow the user of this equipment to touch and be stored in any material in this storage material unit 330, such as, when this storage material unit is away from (as Fig. 8) during an adjacent storage material unit.Space 910 can be configured to allow to carry out thermal cycle through a storage material unit 330.Space 910 can be configured to allow air to flow through this storage material unit 330.Space 910 can be configured to allow the storage material in this storage material unit 330 of visual identity.

A storage material unit 330 comprises at least one stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.As shown in Figure 9, this storage material unit 330 comprises two stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.As shown in Figure 9, these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 are equipped with a surface separately, and this surface has certain size and shape reversibly to mate a surface of a stabilizer unit 570.Such as, stabilizer unit attachment area 920 is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the stabilizer unit 570B in the embodiment that shows of Fig. 5.Such as, stabilizer unit attachment area 930 is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the stabilizer unit 570A in the embodiment that shows of Fig. 5.Although the stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 that Fig. 9 shows is configured for surface, the columniform in fact region of reversibly mating tubular stabilizer unit 570A, 570B in Fig. 5, stabilizer unit attachment area can have other shape in certain embodiments.Such as, stabilizer unit attachment area can be configured to oblong, rectangle, a triangle or in order to make this surface reversibly mate other shapes required for the surface of corresponding stabilizer unit in fact.As shown in Figure 9, these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have and are configured to allow this stabilizer unit to carry out the surface of sliding relative to the surface of this storage material unit 330.The length being shorter in length than the surface of a corresponding stabilizer unit that these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have.These stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 are configured for the substantive region on the surface of reversibly mating a corresponding stabilizer unit when these surfaces are relative to each other moved.

Figure 10 illustrates the many aspects of a storage material unit 330.The view that Figure 10 shows is " overlooking " view of a storage material unit 330 (as demonstrated in fig. 9).A storage material unit 330 comprises a sidewall 440 and a bottom section 430.This bottom section can comprise multiple hole 410, such as, in order to promote that air flows through this storage material unit 330.This sidewall 440 can comprise one or more tab construction 900.This storage material unit 330 can comprise at least one stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.Comprise in multiple embodiments of more than one stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 at this storage material unit, these regions can have different size and shapes, such as, in order to promote the stability of the directivity maintaining this equipment or the requirement as other designs applicable.Such as, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise other features multiple within its inside, as further in Figure 11 show.

Figure 11 depicts a storage material unit 330 with the lower storage material many aspects together in stabilizer unit 570A associated therewith, 570B and columnar arrays with horizontal section.The view that Figure 11 describes is similar to the view that Figure 10 shows, only has extra multiple lower storage material cell and stabilizer unit 570A associated therewith, 570B.A storage material unit 330 comprises a sidewall 440, and a bottom section 430.This sidewall 440 can comprise one or more tab construction 900.This bottom section can comprise multiple hole 410, such as, in order to promote that air flows through this storage material unit 330.As shown in Figure 11, this some holes 410 in adjacent storage material unit (330A, 330B and 330C such as, in Fig. 5) does not need alignment or corresponding with the linear array through this post.

Storage material unit 330 shown in Figure 11 comprises stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.In the embodiment shown in fig. 11, these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have the similar curves shape of different-diameter.These stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have the surface of these outer surfaces of reversibly coupling stabilizer unit 570A, 570B separately.These stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise pipe and at least one outer tube in one with different inside diameter separately, these pipes are oriented to pipe and at least one outer tube in relative to each other at least one, and the size of these pipes is determined to be for relative to each other sliding.These pipes that each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise define a shrinking structure along the length of these stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.See also Figure 12.Each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise these in pipe each defining an endoporus, these endoporus are included in the inner space in each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.Inner space in stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can comprise extra parts.As shown in figure 11, the inner space in stabilizer unit 570A comprises a circuit connector 1110, such as, multiple ordinary connector between multiple wire and multiple circuit block.A circuit connector 1110 can comprise the electrical cnnector of the other types of such as a cable connector, a quick break part, keying connector, a plug and socket connector or an applicable specific embodiment.As Figure 11 shows the, the inner space in this stabilizer unit 570B comprises a keeping unit 1100.This keeping unit 1100 is configured for the tension force on maintenance bar, as further in Figure 17 shows.In certain embodiments, the inner space in stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be empty or comprise the miscellaneous part being applicable to given embodiment.

Figure 12 illustrates a storage material module lid 340 and two the stabilizer unit 570A be associated, 570B and does not have storage material module 320.Although a storage material module lid 340 and two the stabilizer unit 570A be associated, 570B generally implement in a joint manner with storage material module 320, for the object of showing, this storage material module 320 removes from Figure 12.As shown in figure 12, a storage material module lid 340 comprises an attachment area 370.Equally as shown in figure 12, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise pipe and at least one outer tube in one with different inside diameter separately.Such as, Figure 12 illustrates stabilizer unit 570A and comprises an interior pipe 1200 and an outer tube 1220, and wherein the outer surface of this interior pipe 1200 is oriented to the internal surface reversibly mating this outer tube 1220.This interior pipe 1200 is oriented to slide relative to this outer tube 1220 with telescopic fashion, makes this interior pipe 1200 reversibly slide in this outer tube 1220 like this.The end of this interior pipe 1200 can be operationally attached on a surface of this storage material module lid 340, if in the particular embodiment if required.Figure 12 also illustrates stabilizer unit 570B and comprises an outer tube 1210 and an interior pipe 1230.The outer surface of this interior pipe 1230 is oriented to the internal surface reversibly mating this outer tube 1210.This interior pipe 1230 is oriented to slide relative to this outer tube 1210 with telescopic fashion, makes this interior pipe 1230 reversibly slide in this outer tube 1210 like this.The end of this outer tube 1210 can be operationally attached on a surface of this storage material module lid 340, if in the particular embodiment if required.These stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can also comprise a keeping unit separately, and this keeping unit to be operationally attached on interior pipe 1200,1230 and to be positioned in the hole in corresponding outer tube 1220,1210 and slides.These keeping units refer to Figure 24 and Figure 25 further.

Figure 13 depicts the many aspects of a storage material module lid 340.This storage material module lid 340 comprises join domain 370.This join domain 370 has the surface being configured for the surface (attachment area 560 of the base of such as one central stabilizer 350) of reversibly mating a central stabilizer 350.This storage material module lid 340 is configured to reversibly be attached in a central stabilizer unit 350.Be configured to there are the different embodiments that can comprise the storage material module lid 340 being suitable for its configuration to be placed to the storage material module 320 in the hole 220 (for example, see Fig. 2) in the fringe region of a memory structure 200.Be configured to have the storage material module 320 to be placed in the hole 220 (for example, see Fig. 2) in the fringe region of a memory structure 200 can also comprise the storage material module lid 340 of showing in Figure 13, to provide interchangeability and flexibility for the configuration of these storage material modules 320 in memory structure 200.The join domain 370 that Figure 13 shows comprises the surface (comprising the base 1350 of this join domain and the wheel rim 1340 of a join domain) being configured for the surface of reversibly mating central stabilizer 350.As Figure 13 the base 1350 of this join domain shown and the wheel rim 1340 of a join domain define a horn-like structure, this horn-like structure is configured to slide along the correspondence surface of a central stabilizer 350.The join domain 370 that Figure 13 shows also comprises a depression 1330.As Figure 13 describe, depression 1330 can have certain size and shape to hold a circuit connector 1310, such as USB (USB) connector.A circuit connector 1310 can also comprise the electrical cnnector of the other types of such as a cable connector, a quick break part, keying connector, a plug and socket connector or an applicable specific embodiment.As shown in figure 13, depression 1330 can have certain size and shape to expose an axle 1320 in this storage material module lid 340.

The lower area of this storage material module lid 340 is configured for the upper side of the storage module unit 330 being reversibly attached top in a storage material module 320.Such as, this storage material module lid 340 can comprise a hole 1360, and this hole has the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating the tab construction 900 on a storage material unit 330.Such as, a storage material module lid 340 can comprise one or more hole 1300, and this some holes is configured for the fastening piece be retained between this storage material module 340 and an adjacent storage material cell 330.A storage material module lid 340 can also comprise a surface area 1370, and this surface area is configured to provide the minimum overlay with the space 910 in a storage material unit 330.Be configured to provide that can be configured for the user of this system with a surface area 1370 of the minimum overlay in the space 910 in a storage material unit 330 be touch storage material in this storage material unit 330 and available maximize, such as, by shifting out storage material with finger.In certain embodiments, the user of this system can use a device, such as bar, fixture, tweezers, clip, pliers or similar device.

Figure 14 with angled cross section shows as Figure 13 the many aspects of a storage material module lid 340 of showing.This storage material module lid 340 comprises the join domain 370 that has base area 1350 and rim area 1340.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a lower area, and this lower area is configured in the upper side of the top storage material unit 330 be reversibly attached in a storage material module 320.This lower area comprises one 1300, and this hole is configured for the fastening piece be clamped between this storage material module lid 340 and an adjacent storage material cell 330.This lower area comprises a surface area 1370, and this surface area is configured to provide the minimum overlay with the space 910 in a storage material unit 330.As shown in figure 14, this storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1330.This hole 1330 has enough sizes to provide space for circuit connector 1310.The corresponding region of this circuit connector 1310 and this storage material module lid 340 can comprise multiple hole, and this some holes is configured for and this circuit connector 1310 is attached in this storage material module lid 340 by a fastening piece 1430.The circuit connector 1310 that Figure 14 shows is USB (USB) type connectors, but the circuit connector of other types can be used in different embodiment, according to an embodiment physical circuit required for.This circuit connector 1310 comprises a hole 1400, and this hole is oriented to reversibly mate the corresponding circuits connector on a central stabilizer 350.

The storage material module lid 340 that Figure 14 describes comprises multiple internal structure, these internal structures are configured to contact with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 in response to the surface of a central stabilizer 350, and power transmission is striden across this storage material module lid 340.As illustrated in accompanying drawing subsequently further, this power transmission undertaken by multiple mechanical parts causes one or more stabilizer unit (such as 570A, 570B, not shown in fig. 14) to be clamped in a fixed position relative to this storage material module lid 340.As shown in figure 14, this storage material module lid 340 comprise one depression 1330, this depression can have certain size and shape in case expose be encapsulated in this storage material module lid 340 endoporus among an axle 1320.This axle 1320 comprises multiple lateral side regions of the vicissitudinous width of tool for the diameter of this axle.This axle comprises multiple lateral side regions, these lateral side regions have change for the length axes of this axle diameter or with this join domain 370 (as Figure 13 and Figure 14 show) the almost parallel diameter of top surface.This axle 1320 along this axle 1320 axis, about this power of the pressure from attached spring 1450, there is an equilibrium position.This axle 1320 is configured to the pressure produced in response to being contacted with the surface (comprising the end of this axle 1320) of this storage material module lid 340 by the surface of central stabilizer 350, and along the axis transmit force of this axle 1320.The surface of central authorities stabilizer 350 and this storage material module lid 340 contacts in the tail end of this axle 1320 and causes this axle 1320 to move in the hole be associated, thus causes having a different and lateral side regions of larger diameter and be placed near a bar 1410 be attached on swivel plate 1420.This of this axle 1320 different and larger-diameter region causes this swivel plate 1420 to move.As shown in figure 14, the inside of this storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1440, and this hole is enough to allow this swivel plate 1420 to move.The following drawings illustrates the other aspect of multiple internal structure, and these internal structures are configured to power be transmitted in response to the surface of a central stabilizer 350 contacts with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 stride across this storage material module lid 340.

Figure 15 with total cross-section view shows as Figure 14 the other many aspects of a storage material module 340 of showing.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a join domain 370 with base area 1350 and rim area 1340.As shown in figure 15, this base area 1350 and rim area 1340 define a flanged region reversibly to mate the respective surfaces of a central stabilizer 350.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a lower area, and this lower area is configured to the upper side of the top storage module unit 330 be reversibly attached in a storage material module 320.This lower area comprises one 1300, and this hole is configured for the fastening piece be clamped between this storage material module lid 340 and an adjacent storage material cell 330.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1330.This hole 1330 has enough sizes to provide space for circuit connector 1310.The corresponding region of this circuit connector 1310 and this storage material module lid 340 can comprise multiple hole, and this some holes is configured for and this circuit connector 1310 is attached in this storage material module lid 340 by a fastening piece 1430.This circuit connector 1310 comprises a hole 1400, and this hole is oriented to reversibly mate the corresponding circuits connector on a central stabilizer 350.

This storage material module lid 340 comprises multiple internal structure, and these internal structures are configured to contact with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 in response to the surface of a central stabilizer 350, and power transmission is striden across this storage material module lid 340.This storage material module lid 340 comprises one and has the internal holes of certain size and shape to comprise an axle 1320 be encapsulated in this storage material module lid 340.In shown configuration, this axle 1320 end reaches on the lower edge in this hole 1330.The central stabilizer 350 be reversibly attached in this storage material module lid 340 will apply pressure to this axle 1320 end, thus force this axle downward relative to the view of Figure 15.The central stabilizer 350 be reversibly attached in this storage material module lid 340 will apply pressure to this axle 1320 end, thus be pressed against a spring 1450 of the base position being positioned at this axle 1320.This axle 1320 comprises multiple lateral side regions of the width with change for the diameter of this axle 1320.Such as, this axle 1320 comprises the region 1510 that has relatively little width.This axle 1320 has an equilibrium position of this power about the pressure from attached spring 1450 along the axis of this axle 1320.At this equilibrium position place, this end with the region 1510 of the little width bar 1410 adjacent with is adjacent.When this axle 1320 to be forced to downwards because the end of this axle 1320 contacts with the surface of this central stabilizer 350 or to be downward along its axis, the diameter that the region 1510 that this lateral side regions of closing on this bar 1410 of axle 1320 has a width little of this is Comparatively speaking different and larger.Pressure on this bar 1410 causes this swivel plate 1420 to move.The inside of this storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1440, and this hole is enough to allow this swivel plate 1420 to move.

Figure 16 show there is attachment stabilizer unit 570A, 570B the internal structure (example is shown in accompanying drawing as in the previous) of a storage material module lid 340.The internal structure of this storage material module lid 340 is configured to power be transmitted in response to the surface of a central stabilizer 350 contacts with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 stride across this storage material module lid 340.In the view shown in Figure 16, storage material module lid 340 with top view cross section view shows, this view is substantially perpendicular to the view that Figure 15 shows.

Figure 16 shows the storage material module lid 340 comprising hole 1360, and this some holes has the multiple edges being configured for these surfaces of reversibly mating the corresponding contact pin 900 in an adjacent storage material cell 330.In the embodiment that Figure 16 shows, the center region of attached stabilizer unit 570A comprises circuit 1110.The embodiment that Figure 16 shows corresponds to the embodiment that Figure 11 describes, but this view is in figure 16 relative to have rotated 180 degree in Figure 11.This region adjacent with attached stabilizer unit 570A of storage material module lid 340 can comprise a gap 1610, and this gap is configured for additional circuit on the circuit 1110 in the center region of the stabilizer unit 570A for being connected to this attachment or wire (Figure 16 is not shown) provides space.The center region of the stabilizer unit 570B of this attachment comprises a keeping unit 1100.It is contrary that this keeping unit 1100 is configured for the power transmitted with the movement by this swivel plate 1420, power transferred on the end being attached on this swivel plate 1420 of a bar 1600.In response to the movement (see Figure 14 and Figure 15) of axle 1320 on the direction that is substantially perpendicular to this swivel plate 1420 plane, power to transfer to this adjacent stems 1410 from this axle 1320 and correspondingly transfers on this swivel plate 1420.The transmission of this power causes the motion of this swivel plate 1420, as Figure 16 double-head arrow shown.The movement of this swivel plate 1420 is subject to the restriction of the rotation latch 1620 of an attachment, this rotation latch is configured for and limits the movement of this swivel plate 1420 along its plane, as Figure 16 double-head arrow shown.The edge that the movement of this swivel plate 1420 is also subject to this hole 1440 limited.In response to the movement of this swivel plate 1420, the end of this bar 1600 is moved relative to this stabilizer unit 570B and keeping unit 1100.Which results in the location of this stabilizer unit 570B relative to this storage material module lid 340, as other in Figure 17 to show.

Figure 17 depicts an embodiment of the storage material module lid 340 be attached on storage material unit 330 and the stabilizer unit 570B that is associated.Visible in the embodiment that space 910 in the side of this storage material unit 330 is shown at Figure 17.This storage material module lid 340 comprises the base area 1350 and a rim area 1340 that are configured for the surface of reversibly mating a central stabilizer unit 350 (not describing in Figure 17).This storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1330 and a circuit connector 1310 in this hole 1330.Another hole 1440 is positioned at the inside of this storage material module lid 340.This internal holes 1440 has certain size and shape to hold this swivel plate 1420.The movement of this swivel plate 1420 is subject to the restriction of the rotation latch 1620 of an attachment, this rotation latch be configured to allow this swivel plate 1420 one for Figure 17 substantially horizontal side move up.The edge that the movement of this swivel plate 1420 is also subject to hole 1440 associated therewith limited.This swivel plate 1420 has the bar 1600 of an attachment.

In response to the movement of this swivel plate 1420, bar point 1710 moves through the hole 1700 formed in the outer bar 1210 and interior bar 1230 of this stabilizer unit 570B.This outer bar 1210 comprises the hole with similar size and shape with this interior both bar 1230, and these bars are oriented in this stabilizer unit 570B, form hole 1700 when these bars 1210,1230 are in specific relative position.In the embodiment shown, when this stabilizer unit 570B be in its shortest position time (that is, when there is Maximum Contact surface area when these bars 1210,1230), these bars 1210,1230 form hole 1700 in this stabilizer unit 570B.The position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 is subject to limiting from the pressure on the surface of this keeping unit 1100.In the configuration that Figure 17 shows, this stabilizer unit 570B is in a position restricted relative to this storage material module lid 340.In the position that Figure 17 shows, the position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 prevents the relative movement of this outer bar 1210 and this interior bar 1230.The position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 prevents the telescopic stretching, extension of this stabilizer unit 570B.

As it is contemplated that in the combination from above accompanying drawing and related text, the embodiment shown operates as follows.The end of the axle 1320 be positioned in this storage material module lid 340 is depressed by the physical pressure of central authorities' stabilizer 350.This axle 1320 comprises multiple regions of the vicissitudinous diameter of tool or width, and these regions are to a power bar 1410 providing intensity of variation, and this bar is attached on a swivel plate 1420 of the endoporus 1440 being arranged in this storage material module lid 340.This swivel plate is attached second bar 1600, and the bar point 1710 of this second bar 1600 is oriented to reversibly to mate in a hole 1700 being formed in both the outer bar 1210 of a stabilizer unit 570B and interior bar 1230.The keeping unit 1100 being positioned at this bar 1230 prevents this bar point 1710 from substantially entering the inside of this bar 1230.By hindering the relative movement of the outer surface of the internal surface of this outer bar 1210 and this interior bar 1230, the position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 prevents the stretching, extension of this stabilizer unit 570B.From an adjacent storage material module lid 340, to shift out this central stabilizer 350 as it is also conceivable that from accompanying drawing and related text allow for this spring 1450 be operationally attached on this axle 1320 extends this axle 1320 surface in the surface of this storage material module lid 340.The region with a relatively little width 1510 which results in axle 1320 contacts with the surface of the bar 1410 be attached on a swivel plate 1420.So this swivel plate 1420 moves and makes the bar point 1710 of the second bar 1600 be attached no longer be in the hole 1700 in this stabilizer unit 570B.When the bar point 1710 of the second bar 1600 be attached is not arranged in hole 1700 of this stabilizer unit 570B, outer tube 1210 and the interior bar 1230 of this stabilizer unit 570B can relative to each other slide, thus create a telescopic stabilizer unit 570B.This mechanism causes this stabilizer unit 570B to be clamped in a fixed position relative to this storage material module lid 340.Although those skilled in the art it is contemplated that other embodiments, but when this equipment is configured for storage material, the Function effect of mechanism described here and keep a stabilizer unit relative to the position of a storage material module lid and relative length.

Equally as shown in figure 17, one or more stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can comprise multiple inner keeping unit 1720, and these inner keeping units establish restriction in the outer bar 1210 of a stabilizer unit 570A, 570B and the relative position of interior bar 1230.As shown in figure 17, the interior bar 1230 of stabilizer unit 570B comprises the keeping unit 1720 on an internal surface being attached to this interior bar 1230.This keeping unit 1720 comprises an extension 1750, and this extension is configured for and is engaged in this outer bar 1210 with in the slit-like aperture (invisible in Figure 17) in this interior both bar 1230.The length of the slit-like aperture in this outer bar 1210 and this interior both bar 1230 establishes and is positioned at the tail end of this slit-like aperture and before preventing the further relative movement of these bars 1210,1230, this interior bar can relative to the minimum and maximum distance of this outer bar movement at this extension 1750.In the following drawings, especially in Figure 21-25, illustrate the other aspect of inner keeping unit 1720.

Figure 18 illustrates the many aspects of a central stabilizer unit 350.A central stabilizer unit 350 comprises a base area 560, and this base area has a surface, and this surface is configured for the correspondence surface of reversibly mating a storage material module lid 340 (not describing in Figure 18).This base area 560 comprises one or more flange 1850, and these flanges are configured for the correspondence surface of a reversibly coupling storage material module lid 340 and this central stabilizer unit 350 and this storage material module lid 340 are relative to each other clamped in a settling position.As at this show, this one or more flange 1850 is configured for the wheel rim 1340 and base 1350 that reversibly mate the attachment area 370 in a storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 comprises a hole 1830, and this hole is configured for the attachment area 370 in accommodation storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 can comprise the circuit connector 1840 of a type to mate the corresponding circuits connector 1310 in the attachment area 370 of a storage material module lid 340.Such as, as shown herein, circuit connector 1840 is USB connectors, but can adopt the connector of other types, this depends on embodiment.The position of this circuit connector 1840 in hole 1830 is attached on this base area 560, reversibly to mate the corresponding circuits connector 1310 in the attachment area 370 of a storage material module lid 340.The stable location of this central stabilizer unit 350 and this storage material module lid 340 (not shown in Figure 18) makes the circuit connector 1310,1840 of these correspondences match.

Equally as shown in figure 18, this central stabilizer unit 350 comprises an outer wall 1810.This outer wall 1810 can be made up of a kind of material with durability enough for this embodiment and intensity.The material being used for manufacturing this outer wall 1810 also should have low thermal conductivity.Such as, the plastics that the rigidity plastics of some types or glass-impregnated are crossed are suitable materials of the outer wall 1810 for central stabilizer unit 350.The exterior surface dimension of central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 has certain size and shape to be engaged in a connector 115.Central stabilizer unit 350 as described in this should have certain size and shape in use to fill in fact the inner space of the passage 125 in a thermosealed in fact container 100.This central stabilizer unit 350 comprises an inner region 1800, as the outer wall 1810 by this central stabilizer unit 350 internal surface limit.This inner region 1800 can be filled in fact with the material of a kind of low density, low heat conductivity (low density plastics's foam).Although do not show in Figure 18, multiple circuit connector and/or circuit can be positioned at this inner region 1800 in certain embodiments.Such as, one or more wire connector can being there is in this inner region 1800, connecting multiple circuit unit for striding across this central stabilizer 350.Such as, wire can be arranged in this inner region 1800 so that on a display unit on the outside this connection connector 1840 being connected to this container 100 or on lid 500 (see Fig. 5-8) (520 of such as Fig. 5).This central stabilizer unit 350 can comprise an internal stability device 1820.An internal stability device 1820 may comprise in certain embodiments, to strengthen further and to stablize the structure of this central stabilizer unit 350.In the embodiment that Figure 18 shows, this internal stability device 1820 is the hollow tubulars be made up of the material (such as rigid plastic material) with proper stiffness and low heat conductivity.Although do not show in figure 18, this internal stability device 1820 can also be attached on lid 500 (see Fig. 5-8).

As shown in figure 18, this central stabilizer unit 350 is also included in a hole 550 in this outer wall 1810.This hole 550 can comprise a fastening piece release handle 1860, and this handle is configured for the fastening piece controlled in this central stabilizer unit 350.This fastening piece can be configured for the reversible attachment effect of stablizing this central stabilizer unit 350 and a storage material module lid 340.

Figure 19 illustrates the external view of a central stabilizer unit 350.The view that Figure 19 presents is similar to the view that Figure 18 presents, and is only to be in different angles to present the many aspects of the feature of this central stabilizer unit 350.As Figure 19 shows, the outside of a central stabilizer unit 350 is depicted with horizontal view.Shown central stabilizer unit 350 comprises an outer wall 1810.The internal surface of this outer wall 1810 defines in fact an inner region 1800.An internal stability device 1820 is positioned at this inner region 1800.As shown in the figure, the end of this internal stability device 1820 is positioned in above the edge of this outer wall 1810.This location may be favourable, such as, in order to be attached in this central stabilizer unit 350 by a lid 500 (see Fig. 5-8).Figure 19 also illustrates a hole 550 in outer wall 1810 and is positioned at a fastening piece release handle 1860 in this hole 550.

The lower end of this central stabilizer unit 350 or be configured to have end among the passage being inserted into a heat-staple in fact container 100, comprises a base area 560.This base area 560 is equipped with the surface with a certain size and shape reversibly to mate the correspondence surface (not shown in Figure 19) in a storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 comprises one or more flange 1850, and these flanges are configured for the correspondence surface of a reversibly coupling storage material module lid 340 and this central stabilizer unit 350 and this storage material module lid 340 are relative to each other clamped in a settling position.This base area 560 comprises a hole 1830, and this hole is configured for a join domain 370 of an accommodation storage material module lid 340.This base area also comprises a circuit connector 1840.

Figure 20 illustrate as Figure 18 and Figure 19 retouch can a cross sectional view of a central stabilizer unit 350.This central stabilizer unit 350 comprises an outer wall 1810 and an inner region 1800.An internal stability device 1820 is positioned at this inner region 1800.On the base area 560 that one end of this internal stability device 1820 is attached to this central stabilizer unit 350 and the other end stretch out outside the edge of this outer wall 1810.This internal stability device 1920 can be hollow and comprise the inner region 2000 being configured for and holding circuit and circuit connector (such as wire).This base area 560 can also comprise at least one hole 2010, and this hole is configured for and holds circuit and circuit connector (such as wire).The lower area of this base area 560 comprises a flange 1850, and this flange has a surface, and this surface is configured for the correspondence surface of reversibly mating storage material module lid 340 (not shown).A hole 1830 in the bottom of this base area 560 is configured for accommodation storage material unit cover 340 (not shown).Circuit connector 1840 is oriented to reversibly to mate circuit connector (such as 1310, not shown in fig. 20) corresponding in a storage material unit cover 340 one.

Figure 20 illustrates a central stabilizer unit 350, and this central stabilizer unit can be included in a hole 550 in this outer wall 1810.This hole 550 allows user to touch to be positioned at a fastening piece release handle 1860 in this hole 550.Such as, one or more finger can insert in this hole 550 to operate this fastening piece release handle 1860 by user.This fastening piece release handle is connected on a fastening piece 2020.This fastening piece 2020 is configured for reversibly provides tension force, such as, on the surface of join domain 370 and/or on the end of axle 1320 on the surface of adjacent storage material unit cover 340 (not shown).As shown in figure 20, a fastening piece 2020 is adjacent with a fastening piece stabilizer 2040.This fastening piece stabilizer 2040 is attached on the internal surface of this outer wall 1810.The spring 2030 be positioned between this fastening piece 2020 and adjacently situated surfaces of fastening piece stabilizer 2040 provides the power on the direction of the adjacently situated surfaces deviating from this fastening piece stabilizer 2040 on this fastener surface.In the view shown in Figure 20, the power provided by this spring 2030 is in a substantially vertical or downward position.Thus, this fastening piece 2020 is moved and the surface of storage material unit cover 340 (not shown) adjacent with contacts.This fastening piece 2020 can be configured for pressing axle 1320 and thus for keeping a stabilizer unit 570 relative to the position of storage material module lid 340 (not describing in Figure 20) and relative length.This fastening piece 2020 can be configured for provides tension force and the relative position stablizing this central stabilizer unit 350 storage material unit cover 340 adjacent with this thus on the surface of an adjacent storage material unit cover 340.The user of this equipment can apply pressure (such as in this fastening piece release handle 1860, with finger) to reverse the movement on this fastening piece 2020 storage material unit cover 340 surface adjacent relative to this, thus discharge the tension force that is associated and surperficial releasing of the storage material unit cover 340 making this fastening piece 2020 adjacent with this is connected.In certain embodiments, storage material unit cover 340 surface making this fastening piece 2020 adjacent with this removes be connected also by discharge this central stabilizer unit 350 and this adjacent storage material unit cover 340 before by stable relative position (see above accompanying drawing and word).

Figure 21 illustrates the many aspects of the storage material module 320 be associated with a storage material module lid 340.Equipment after assembling shown in Figure 21 depict this storage material module 320 and base 420 thereof relative to the storage material module lid 340 of an attachment relative positioning with associate.This storage material module lid 340 is comprising a hole 1330 away from a surface on this surface be attached in this storage material module lid 340.This hole 1330 comprises a circuit connector 1310.This assembly also comprises the stabilizer unit 570A be associated with this storage material module lid 340 and this both storage material module 320.

Figure 22 depicts an inner section view of the equipment of Figure 21.Figure 22 illustrates the many aspects of the storage material module 320 be associated with a storage material module lid 340 and two stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.This storage material module 320 comprises a base 420.This storage material module 320 comprises the multiple storage material unit 330A-330I being oriented to a vertical array.Although the plurality of storage material unit 330A-330I that Figure 22 describes has height similar in fact for the vertical array of this storage material module 320, some embodiments can comprise and have different heights but multiple storage material unit with width similar in fact or diameter.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, and this lid is to the top being attached this storage material module 320 in the upper edge of storage material unit 330A.This storage material module lid 340 is attached to the top of the top edge of the sidewall of this storage material unit 330A at the top place of this row storage material unit 330A-330I.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a circuit connector 1310.This storage material module lid 340 comprises the bar 1600 of a swivel plate 1420 and an attachment.As shown in figure 22, this bar 1600 contacts with a keeping unit 1100 and is in a kind of configuration to prevent the outer bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and the relative movement of interior bar.The keeping unit 1720 being positioned at the bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and the extension 1750 be associated thereof are fixed on a setting position of this bar.The stabilizer unit 570A being positioned in the opposite sides of this equipment comprises a keeping unit 2210, and this keeping unit has an extension (invisible) of the position be attached in the interior bar of this stabilizer unit 570A.Be attached at the relative movement that the extension (invisible) in stabilizer unit 570A is these pipes in this stabilizer unit 570A and provide minimum and maximum limit value, as in accompanying drawing subsequently describe.

What be positioned at the bar of this stabilizer unit 570A equally is a series of sensors 2200 be fixed on the internal surface of this bar.In certain embodiments, sensor can be attached in one or more stabilizer unit (such as 570A and 570B), is included on stabilizer unit internal surface.In certain embodiments, sensor can be attached on other regions of this container.These sensors 2200 can placing desired by a specific embodiment.Such as, this equipment be used for one in fact thermosealed container 100 time, these sensors 2200 that Figure 22 describes are oriented to the top of the storage area 130 be roughly in this container 100, center and bottom section place.In certain embodiments, this one or more sensor comprises at least one temperature transducer.In certain embodiments, at least one sensor can comprise temperature transducer, such as, as chemical sensor, thermometer, bimetal strip or thermocouple.In certain embodiments, this one or more sensor be included in one or more in this at least one storage area within air pressure at least one sensor, one or more in this at least one storage area within quality sensor, one or more in this at least one storage area within reservoir volume sensor, one or more in this at least one storage area within temperature sensor or one or more in this at least one storage area within the sensor of object identity.

A thermosealed in fact container 100 and the equipment be associated can comprise a sensor network.The one or more sensors be attached in a storage material module, a storage material module lid and/or a stabilizer unit can work as a part for this network.Figure 22 depicts hardwired link 2220, such as a wire link connecting these sensors 2200.This hardwired link 2220 can also be connected on a circuit connector 1310.Data from these sensors 2200 can be transferred to the outside of this container 100 by this hardwired link 2220, such as, be transferred on the display device 520 that is attached on lid 500.The sensor network be operationally attached on this at least one thermosealed in fact container can comprise the one or more sensors as physical sensors parts, the U. S. Patent 6 of " physical sensors parts [Physicalsensorcomponent] " is such as called in the name of authorizing the people such as Petroovic, 453, described in 749, this patent is combined in this by reference.The sensor network be operationally attached on this at least one thermosealed in fact container can comprise the one or more sensors as pressure transducer, as being called " pressure transducer [Pressuresensor] " U. S. Patent 5 in the name of authorizing the people such as Baba, 900, described in 554, this patent is combined in this by reference.The sensor network be operationally attached on this at least one thermosealed in fact container can comprise one or more sensors of the sensor construction as vertically integrated, the U. S. Patent 5 of " sensor construction vertically integrated and method [Verticallyintegratedsensorstructureandmethod] " is such as called in the name of authorizing the people such as Sooriakumar, 600, described in 071, this patent is combined in this by reference.The sensor network be operationally attached on this at least one thermosealed in fact container can comprise such as determining one or more sensors of the system of liquid in container or Fluid Volume, the U. S. Patent 5 that name as authorized the people such as Kuehl is called " for measuring the System and method for [Systemandmethodformeasuringliquidmassquantity] of liquid quality ", 138,559; The U. S. Patent 6 that the name of authorizing Upton is called " fluid mass in monitoring closed container and the apparatus and method of density and combine the vehicle-mounted gas-bag system [Apparatusforandmethodofmonitoringthemassquantityanddensi tyofafluidinaclosedcontainer; andavehicularairbagsystemincorporatingsuchapparatus] of this device ", 050,598; And the name of authorizing the people such as Clarke is called the U. S. Patent 5 of " for monitoring the highi degree of accuracy mass sensor [Highaccuracymasssensorformonitoringfluidquantityinstorag etanks] of the Fluid Volume in storage tank ", 245, described in 869, these patents are combined in this each via quoting.The sensor network be operationally attached on this at least one thermosealed in fact container can comprise one or more RF identification (" RFID ") label sensor to be identified in the material in this at least one thermosealed in fact storage area.RFID label tag is known in related domain, as being called the U. S. Patent 5 of " RFID tag and method [Radiofrequencyidentificationtagandmethod] " in the name of authorizing Blama, 444,223 ", in, this patent is combined in this by reference.

Figure 23 depicts and is similar to equipment illustrated in fig. 22 and view.Figure 23 illustrate when this equipment be in allow in the outer bar of this stabilizer unit 570A and 570B and a kind of configuration of interior bar relative movement time, the many aspects of the storage material module 320 be associated with a storage material module lid 340 and two stabilizer unit 570A and 570B.This storage material module 320 comprises a base 420.This storage material module 320 comprises the multiple storage material unit 330A-330I being oriented to a vertical array.In the configuration that Figure 23 shows, the outer bar of stabilizer unit 570A and 570B and interior bar are in one " unblock " configuration or are allowed to relative to each other slide.These the independent storage material unit 330A-330I that this allow that in this storage material module 320 vertically move or axis along this stabilizer unit 570A and 570B moves.Use the individuality of this equipment can move one or more independent storage material unit 330A-330I to touch the material be stored in these independent storage material unit 330A-330I.Such as, as shown in figure 23, storage material unit 330A and 330B has been positioned in the top of these stabilizer unit 570A and 570B, between the bottom surfaces and the upper side of adjacent storage material unit 330C of storage material unit 330B, there is a space.The material be stored in this storage element 330C is touched allowing the user of this system in this space.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, and this covers the top being attached to this storage material module 320 in the upper edge of this storage material unit 330A.This storage material module lid 340 is attached to the top of the top edge of the sidewall of this storage material unit 330A at the top place of this row storage material unit 330A-330I.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a circuit connector 1310.This storage material module lid 340 comprises the bar 1600 of a swivel plate 1420 and an attachment.As shown in figure 23, this bar 1600 does not contact with a keeping unit 1100 and is in a kind of permission in the configuration of the outer bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and the relative movement of interior bar.The keeping unit 1720 being positioned at the bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and the extension 1750 be associated thereof are fixed on a setting position of this bar.The stabilizer unit 570A being positioned in the opposite sides of this equipment comprises a keeping unit 2210, and this keeping unit has the extension (invisible) that is attached at a position in the interior bar of this stabilizer unit 570A.Be attached at the relative movement that this extension (invisible) in stabilizer unit 570A is these pipes in this stabilizer unit 570A and provide minimum and maximum limit value, as in accompanying drawing subsequently describe.Be positioned at these sensors 2200 of stabilizer unit 570A and this hardwired link 2220 and be positioned in fixed position place for the internal surface of stabilizer unit 570A pipe and this keeping unit 2210.

Figure 24 illustrate as in Figure 21-23 the external side view of an equipment described.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 570B.In the configuration that Figure 24 describes, this storage material module 320 is in one " closedown " position, wherein between these storage material unit 330A-330I, has minimum space.This storage material module 320 also comprises a base 420.This equipment comprises the stabilizer unit 570B that the side along this storage material module 320 is located, wherein the axis of this stabilizer unit 570B substantially with the axis being parallel of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 570B comprises an outer tube 1210 and an interior pipe 1230, and these pipes are formed and are positioned to slide in a kind of relative to each other flexible mode.This outer tube 1210 comprises a slit-like aperture 2400 of the outer peripheral length location along this outer tube 1210.This interior pipe 1230 comprises an extension 1750, and this extension has a certain size with shape to be engaged in this hole 2400.This extension 1750 is attached on the keeping unit 1720 (such as, see Figure 17) that do not describe in Figure 24.This keeping unit 1720 is attached at a fixed position place for this interior pipe 1230.This outer tube 1210 that is configured as of hole 2400 and extension 1750 creates a minimum and ultimate range relative to the relative sliding location of this interior pipe 1230.

Figure 25 illustrate as in Figure 21-24 the external side view of an equipment described.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 570A.In the configuration that Figure 25 describes, this storage material module 320 is in one " closedown " position, wherein between these storage material unit 330A-330I, has minimum space.This storage material module 320 also comprises a base 420.This equipment comprises the stabilizer unit 570A that the side along this storage material module 320 is located, wherein the axis of this stabilizer unit 570A substantially with the axis being parallel of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 570A comprises an outer tube 1220 and an interior pipe 1200, and these pipes are formed and are positioned to slide in a kind of relative to each other flexible mode.This outer tube 1220 comprises a slit-like aperture 2500 of the outer peripheral length location along this outer tube 1220.This interior pipe 1200 comprises an extension 2510, and this extension has a certain size with shape to be engaged in this hole 2500.This extension 2510 is attached on the keeping unit 2210 (such as, see Figure 22) that do not describe in Figure 25.This keeping unit 2210 is attached at a fixed position place for this interior pipe 1200.This outer tube 1220 that is configured as of hole 2500 and extension 2510 creates a minimum and ultimate range relative to the relative sliding location of this interior pipe 1200.

Figure 26 depicts an embodiment of equipment.Figure 26 illustrates a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.In this configuration, this equipment is in the position of one " closedown " or " locking ", has minimum open space around its storage material in this storage material module.This storage material module 320 comprises the lid 340 be attached on this central stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the base 420 of this storage material module 320.This central stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers being attached on this central stabilizer 350 with the lid 340 relative side place of this storage material module 320 at this central stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to the external frame with an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, and the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 substantially.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the multiple holes 2610 in this external frame, this some holes 2610 be along this storage material module 320 axis or substantially vertically (as shown in figure 26) formed.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the one or more extensions towards a surface of this storage material module 320, from the surface of this external frame, and these extensions correspond to one or more edge surfaces in the hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Towards this storage material module 320 a surface, be engaged in this hole 2630 from these extensions on the surface of this external frame, to limit the relative movement of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 relative to this external frame.In the embodiment shown in Figure 26, the axis that these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 can be formed relative to the external frame by this stabilizer unit 2600 or as in accompanying drawing show substantially slide vertically.This storage material module 320 is limited on this substantially vertical direction relative to the relative movement of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, as by this hole 2630 limit.

Figure 27 depicts an embodiment of the equipment gone out as shown in figure 26.Figure 27 shows a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.In this configuration, this equipment is in the position of one " closedown " or " locking ", has minimum touching for the storage material in this storage material module.This position may be suitable for long term storage.This storage material module 320 comprises the lid 340 be attached on this central stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This central stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers and is attached on this central stabilizer 350 at the side place contrary with the lid 340 of this storage material module 320 of this central stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to the external frame with an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, and the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 substantially.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the multiple holes 2610 in this external frame.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the one or more extensions towards a surface of this storage material module 320, from the surface of this external frame, and these extensions correspond to one or more edge surfaces in the hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Towards this storage material module 320 a surface, be engaged in this hole 2630 from these extensions on the surface of this external frame, to limit the relative movement of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 relative to this external frame.In the embodiment shown in Figure 26 and 27, the axis that these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 can be formed relative to the external frame by this stabilizer unit 2600 or as in accompanying drawing show substantially slide vertically.This storage material module 320 is limited relative to the relative movement of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, as the position by this hole 2630 limit.

Figure 28 depict as Figure 26 and 27 the embodiment of equipment that shows.The view of Figure 28 is similar to view illustrated in fig. 26.In the configuration shown in Figure 28, this equipment is in the one allowing to touch the material be stored in this storage material module 320 and " opens " in position.Figure 28 shows a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.This storage material module 320 comprises the lid 340 be attached on this central stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the base 420 of this storage material module 320.This central stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers and is attached on this central stabilizer 350 at the side place contrary with the lid 340 of this storage material module 320 of this central stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to the external frame with an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, and the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 substantially.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the multiple holes 2610 in this external frame.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the one or more extensions towards a surface of this storage material module 320, from the surface of this external frame, and these extensions correspond to one or more edge surfaces in the hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Be engaged in this hole 2630 at one or more extension on the surface towards this storage material module 320, the surface from this external frame, to limit the relative movement of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 relative to this external frame.In the embodiment shown in Figure 28, the axis that these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 have been formed relative to the external frame by this stabilizer unit 2600 or as in accompanying drawing show substantially slide vertically.This storage material module 320 is limited relative to the relative movement of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, as by the direction in this hole 2630 and position limit.In Figure 28, the relative movement of this storage material module 320 is enough to formation one and enters region 2800.This enters region 2800 and touches material in these storage material unit be stored in this storage material module 320 by allowing the user of this equipment.Enter this adjacent top storage material unit 330 of region 2800 although illustrate only with this, each in these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 all can be slided relative to the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600 to be formed and adjacent with each storage material unit be entered region 2800.

Figure 29 depict as Figure 26-28 the embodiment of equipment that shows.The view of Figure 29 is similar to view illustrated in fig. 27.In the configuration shown in Figure 29, this equipment is in the one allowing to touch the material be stored in this storage material module 320 and " opens " in position.Figure 29 illustrates a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.This storage material module 320 comprises the lid 340 be attached on this central stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the base 420 of this storage material module 320.This central stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers and is attached on this central stabilizer 350 at the side place contrary with the lid 340 of this storage material module 320 of this central stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to the external frame with an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, and the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 substantially.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the multiple holes 2610 in this external frame.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in the one or more extensions towards a surface of this storage material module 320, from the surface of this external frame, and these extensions correspond to one or more edge surfaces at least one hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Be engaged in this hole 2630 at these extensions on the surface towards this storage material module 320, the surface from this external frame, to limit the relative movement of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 relative to this external frame.In the embodiment shown in Figure 29, these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 relative to the axial sliding movement that the external frame by this stabilizer unit 2600 is formed, or as in accompanying drawing show substantially slide vertically.This storage material module 320 is limited relative to the relative movement of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, as substantially by the shape in this hole 2630 and position limit.In Figure 29, the relative movement of this storage material module 320 is enough to formation one and enters region 2800.This enters region 2800 and touches material in these storage material unit be stored in this storage material module 320 by allowing the user of this equipment.Enter this adjacent top storage material unit 330 of region 2800 although illustrate only with this, each in these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 all can be slided relative to the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600 to be formed and adjacent with each storage material unit be entered region 2800.

Figure 30 illustrates a base storage material unit 2620, such as, shown in the equipment of Figure 26-29.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached to a storage material module base 420.Be similar to the storage material unit that other accompanying drawings (being designated 330) are described, this base storage material unit 2620 comprises a void area 910, and this void area is configured to allow to see and touches the storage material in this base storage material unit 2620.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630, and this hole is configured for an extension (see Figure 26-29) in the corresponding interior surface of the external frame of a coupling stabilizer unit 2600.The lower edge in this hole 2630 defines in fact the relative position of this storage material unit 320 relative to this stabilizer unit 2600.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises a sidewall 440.At least one flange 3000 stretches out from the top of the sidewall 440 of this base storage material unit 2620.This at least one flange 3000 protrudes upward in the side of the surperficial perpendicular relative to this sidewall 440.This at least one flange 3000 deviates from the outer surface of this sidewall 440 and stretches out on the direction of a perpendicular.This flange is configured for the edge in the hole 2600 in the external frame of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit 2600.The edge of this flange 3000 at the edge in a coupling hole 2600 creates adjacent with these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 one and enters the minimum of region 2800 and overall dimensions.The edge in the hole 2600 be connected with the edge of this flange 3000 defines in fact adjacent with these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 (see Figure 26-29) vertical height entering region 2800.Contact between the edge of this flange 3000 and the top edge in this hole 2600 defines in fact the height of (see Figure 26 and 27) when possible least displacement in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 are in " closedown " or " locking " position.Similarly, the contact between the edge of this flange 3000 and the top edge in this hole 2600 defines in fact the height of (see Figure 28 and 29) when maximum displacement possible in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 are in " opening " or " unblock " position.

Figure 31 illustrate as shown in Figure 30 and the base storage material unit 2620 be illustrated in the equipment of Figure 26-29.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on a storage material module base 420.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises a void area 910, and this void area is configured to allow to see and touches the storage material in this base storage material unit 2620.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630, and this hole is configured for an extension (see Figure 26-29) in the corresponding interior surface of the external frame of a coupling stabilizer unit 2600.The lower edge in this hole 2630 defines in fact the potential relative movement of this storage material unit 320 relative to this stabilizer unit 2600.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises a sidewall 440.At least one flange 3000 stretches out from the top of the sidewall 440 of this base storage material unit 2620.This at least one flange 3000 protrude upward in the side of the surperficial perpendicular relative to this sidewall 440 or as in Figure 31 describe flatly stretch out.This flange is configured for the edge in the hole 2600 in the external frame of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit 2600.The edge of this flange 3000 at the edge in a coupling hole 2600 establishes adjacent with these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 border entering region 2800.The edge in the hole 2600 be connected with the edge of this flange 3000 defines in fact adjacent with these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 (see Figure 26-29) vertical height entering region 2800.Contact between the edge of this flange 3000 and the top edge in this hole 2600 defines in fact the height of (see Figure 26 and 27) when least displacement possible in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 are in " closedown " or " locking " position.Similarly, the contact between the edge of this flange 3000 and the top edge in this hole 2600 defines in fact the height of (see Figure 28 and 29) when maximum displacement possible in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 are in " opening " or " unblock " position.

Figure 32 depicts a transport stabilizer 3210 in a vertical section view, and this transport stabilizer is shown as container 100 thermosealed in fact with and is associated.This transport stabilizer 3210 is intended to in a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.This transport stabilizer 3210 is configured for bears and the flexure of this connector 115 or mobile a part of power be associated, particularly when standing when this thermosealed in fact container 100 obviously to move.In the shipment that this transport stabilizer 3210 can be used in such as one thermosealed in fact container 100 or transportation process.This transport stabilizer 3210 is configured to have certain size and shape reversibly to mate the inside of a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.The size of this transport stabilizer 3210 corresponds to the size of the inside of a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.

Figure 32 depicts a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.This thermosealed in fact container 100 comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110, has a space 120 between this outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.The internal surface of this inwall 110 defines in fact the border of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130.The inside of this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 comprise be attached to this inwall 110 internal surface on a memory structure 200.Although can not clearly see in the sectional view of Figure 32, this memory structure comprises multiple hole 220,210 (see Fig. 2).A central hole 210 is positioned in the center of this supporting structure 200, and wherein these edges of this central hole 210 roughly correspond to these sides of this passage 125 (see Fig. 2).As shown in figure 32, one or more supporting structure 3200 maintains the memory structure 200 of this plane substantially relative to the relative position of the internal surface of this inwall 110.

Figure 32 depicts one that container 100 thermosealed in fact with this be associated and transports stabilizer unit 3210.In shown configuration, this thermosealed in fact container 100 and this transport stabilizer unit 3210 are positioned such that this transport stabilizer unit 3210 assume responsibility for the substantial portions being applied to (comprising the quality of this memory structure 200) power on this flexible connector 115 by the quality of any content of this inwall 110 and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 and motion.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises the lid 3250 with a certain size and shape, and this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall 105 covering in fact this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This lid 3250 comprises a surface, and this surface is configured for that reversibly mate the outer wall 105 of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, adjacent with the outside opening in this outer wall 105 outer surface.This lid 3250 can be made with the material with sufficient intensity, to be maintained in a compression position by this flexible connector when this reversible fastening unit is attached on this positioning shaft.Such as, this lid 3250 can be made up of stainless steel.This lid 3250 comprises one or more hole, and this some holes is configured for and is attached on the outer surface of this container 100 by a fastening piece 3255.This lid comprises a central hole, and this hole is configured on the direction relative to the plane perpendicular of this lid 3250.A reversible fastening unit 3225 is attached on this lid 3250 in the position adjacent with the central hole in this lid 3250.This reversible fastening unit 3225 is oriented to a positioning shaft 3220 to be fastened in the central hole of this lid.This reversible fastening unit 3225 is oriented to a positioning shaft 3220 to be fastened in the fixed position relative to this lid 3250.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines in fact a tubular structure, and the diameter of section that this tubular structure has is less than the minimum diameter of the flexible connector 115 of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.The end defining in fact this wall 3280 of this tubular structure is operationally attached on this lid 3250.As shown in figure 32, this wall 3280 is with right angle substantially or be vertically attached on this lid 3250.This wall 3280 comprises at least one hole 3270.In the embodiment that Figure 32-39 shows, this wall 3280 is included in two holes on the contrary face of two of this wall 3280.These two holes of showing are substantially equal in these described embodiments.This hole 3270 has a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 relative to the view shown in Figure 32.The top edge 3273 in the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 be positioned in tubular structure is positioned at from this tubular structure, be operationally attached on this lid 3250 end be less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector 115.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220.The diameter of section that this positioning shaft 3220 has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid 3250.The thickness that the length that this positioning shaft 3220 has is greater than this lid 3250 with the hole 3270 in the surface of this lid 3250 and this wall 3280 top edge 3273 between the combination of wall 3280 length.This wall 3280 has an internal surface, and this internal surface defines in fact an inner region 3285 of this tubular area.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a pivoting unit 3230, and the terminal area that this pivoting unit 3230 is operationally attached to this positioning shaft 3220 is positioned in this inner region 3285.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a support unit 3260.This support unit 3260 is operationally attached on this pivoting unit 3230.This support unit 3260 have to be engaged in when certain size and shape rotates in one direction with this pivoting unit 3230 of box lunch in this inner region 3285 and with this pivoting unit 3230 of box lunch in the other directions (as Figure 32 describe essentially horizontally) rotate about 90 degree time the hole 3270 passed in this wall 3280 stretch out.

This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This stub area has a certain size and shape and is configured for the internal surface in a hole 210 in the memory structure 200 reversibly mated in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.As shown in figure 32, when when using this transport stabilizer 3210, this base grip end 3245 is configured for the internal surface of the inwall 110 reversibly mating this container 100.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stretching unit for this base grip end 3245.This stretching unit be configured for the pressure of the inwall 110 this base grip end 3245 resisting this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 maintained on a direction being substantially perpendicular to the surface of this lid 3250 or in the view of Figure 32 essentially towards under direction on.This stretching unit can comprise a tensioning shaft 3240 and a tension spring 3295, and it is configured for and the power of the long axis along this transport stabilizer 3210 is maintained until on the end of this base grip end 3245.

These parts of this transport stabilizer 3210 can be made up of the multiple material being suitable for this embodiment.Selection material can be carried out according to cost, density, intensity, thermal conductivity and other attributes being suitable for this embodiment.In certain embodiments, this transport stabilizer 3210 is made up of metal parts (such as the part of stainless steel, brass or aluminium) substantially.In certain embodiments, the part of this transport stabilizer 3210 is made up of durable plastic materials (comprising glass-reinforced plastic (GRP)).In certain embodiments, this positioning shaft 3220 is made up of the plastic materials with adequate durability due.In certain embodiments, this base grip end 3245 is made up of the plastic materials with suitable friction factor.Such as, this base grip end 3245 can be made up of the material being greater than 0.5 relative to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall at a kind of temperature between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius.Such as, this base grip end 3245 can be made up of the material being greater than 0.7 relative to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall at a kind of temperature between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius.Such as, this base grip end 3245 can be made up of the material being greater than relative to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall at a kind of temperature between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius.Such as, this base grip end 3245 can be made up of the material being greater than 1.2 relative to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall at a kind of temperature between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius.Such as, this base grip end 3245 can be made up of the material being greater than 1.5 relative to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall at a kind of temperature between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius.

Figure 33 illustrates the many aspects of a transport stabilizer 3210 as shown in figure 32.In the view shown in Figure 33, this transport stabilizer 3210 is in the configuration that it will be embodied in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, but Figure 33 does not show this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.In the view shown in Figure 33, this transport stabilizer 3210 is in the configuration shown in Figure 32 not have thermosealed reservoir vessel 100 in this matter shown in Figure 32.As shown in figure 32, transport stabilizer 3210 and there is certain size and shape to adapt to the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 that has specific dimensions.

This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises the lid 3250 with a certain size and shape, and this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall 105 covering in fact a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This lid 3250 can comprise one or more hole 3300, and this some holes is configured for a fastener attachment on the outer surface of this container 100.This lid comprises a central hole, and this hole is configured on the direction relative to the plane perpendicular of this lid 3250.A reversible fastening unit 3225 is attached on this lid 3250 in the position adjacent with the central hole in this lid 3250.This reversible fastening unit 3225 is oriented to a positioning shaft 3220 to be fastened in the central hole of this lid.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines in fact a tubular structure, and the diameter of section that this tubular structure has is less than the minimum diameter of the flexible connector 115 of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This wall 3280 comprises a region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in flexible connector 115.This region 3310 is shorter than the minimum length of this flexible connector 115.The end in the region 3310 in this wall 3280 is fixed on lid 3250.As shown in figures 32 and 33, this wall 3280 is with right angle substantially or be vertically attached on this lid 3250.This wall 3280 comprises at least one hole 3270.In the embodiment that Figure 32-39 shows, this wall 3280 is included in two holes on the contrary face of two of this wall 3280.These two holes of showing are substantially equal in the embodiment depicted.This hole 3270 has a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 relative to the view shown in Figure 32.The top edge 3273 in the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 is positioned on tubular structure, be positioned at from this tubular structure, be operationally attached on this lid 3250 end be less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector 115.The top edge 3273 in this hole 3270 defines the length in this region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in flexible connector 115.The length in this region 3310 within the minimum inside being configured to the passage 125 being engaged in flexible connector 115 is by the edge limited of lid 3250 at one end and is limited by the top edge 3273 in hole 3270 at opposite end place.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220.This wall 3280 has an internal surface, and this internal surface defines in fact an inner region 3285 of this tubular area.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a pivoting unit 3230, and this pivoting unit 3230 is operationally attached to the terminal area of this positioning shaft 3220 and is positioned in this inner region 3285.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a support unit 3260.This support unit 3260 is operationally attached on this pivoting unit 3230.This support unit 3260 have to be engaged in when certain size and shape rotates in one direction with this pivoting unit 3230 of box lunch in this inner region 3285 and when this pivoting unit 3230 in the other directions (as in Figure 32 and 33 describe essentially horizontally) rotation about 90 degree time pass the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 and stretch out.In the view that Figure 33 shows, this support unit 3260 is rotated by this pivoting unit 3230 on a position of the plane of this lid 3250 substantially parallel.In the view shown in Figure 33, a position of the top edge 3273 of this support unit 3260 in this hole 3270 substantially parallel is rotated by this pivoting unit 3230 and is fixed in the position be resisted against in the top edge 3273 in this hole 3270 by being fixed to the positioning shaft 3220 on this fastening piece 3225 at correct position place.

This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This stub area has a certain size and shape and is configured for the internal surface in a hole 210 in the memory structure 200 reversibly mated in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stretching unit for this base grip end 3245.This stretching unit can comprise a tensioning shaft 3240 and a tension spring 3295, and it is configured to the power of the long axis along this transport stabilizer 3210 to be maintained until on the end of this base grip end 3245.

Figure 34 with cross section depict as Figure 32 and 33 show one external view transporting stabilizer 3210.Figure 34 shows, this transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220 and an adjacent fastener 3225 be attached on this lid 3250.The lid 3250 shown comprises multiple hole 3300, on the outer wall 105 that this some holes is configured to allow multiple fastening piece to be attached to by lid 3250 in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines in fact a tubular structure.The internal surface of this wall 3280 defines in fact an inner region 3285 in this tubular structure.This wall 3280 comprises a region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in a flexible connector 115.The transport stabilizer unit 3210 shown is included in two holes 3270 in this wall 3280.The two ends of a visible single support unit 3260 deviate from the outward edge of this wall 3280 and extend through this two holes 3270.The core (not shown) of this support unit 3260 is arranged in the inner region 3285 of this tubular structure.Shown hole 3270 comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 relative to the view shown in Figure 34.The upper surface of this support unit 3260 is in the fixed position be resisted against in this top edge 3273.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 35 illustrates the many aspects of a transport stabilizer unit 3210.Transport stabilizer unit 3210 shown in Figure 35 is similar to that Figure 34 describes.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 is shown with substantially horizontal external view in Figure 35.The adjacent fastener 3225 that this transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220 and is attached on this lid 3250.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines in fact a tubular structure.This wall 3280 comprises a region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in a flexible connector 115.The transport stabilizer unit 3210 shown is included in two holes 3270 in this wall 3280.The two ends of a visible single support unit 3260 deviate from the outward edge of this wall 3280 and extend through this two holes 3270.The hole 3270 described has top edge 3273 and lower edge 3275 relative to the view shown in Figure 35.The upper surface of this support unit 3260 is in the fixed position be resisted against in these top edge 3273.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 36 illustrates the many aspects of a transport stabilizer unit 3210.Transport stabilizer unit 3210 shown in Figure 36 is similar to that Figure 35 describes.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 is shown with substantially horizontal external view in Figure 36, but towards the side of the view shown in Figure 35.The adjacent fastener 3225 that this transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220 and is attached on this lid 3250.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines in fact a tubular structure.This wall 3280 comprises a region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in a flexible connector 115.A hole 3270 in this wall 3280 is included in the view of the transport stabilizer unit 3210 shown in Figure 36.The end of a visible single support unit 3260 deviates from the outward edge of this wall 3280 and extends through this hole 3270.The core of this support unit 3260 is arranged in the inner region 3285 of this tubular structure.The hole 3270 described comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 relative to the view shown in Figure 36.The upper surface of this support unit 3260 is in the fixed position be resisted against in this top edge 3273.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 37 depicts a transport stabilizer unit 3210 with vertical section visual angle.As shown in the figure, transport stabilizer 3210 and comprise a lid 3250.This lid 3250 comprises one or more hole 3300, and this some holes is configured to allow multiple fastening piece lid 3250 to be attached to the outside of a thermosealed in fact container 100 (not shown in Figure 37).This lid 3250 has and is oriented to the fastening piece that be attached 3225 adjacent with the central hole in this lid 3250.This fastening piece 3225 is configured for and is reversibly attached on a positioning shaft 3220.This positioning shaft 3220 has the possibility of the central hole moving through this lid 3250 when not having fastener 3225 to fix in place.On a pivot member 3230 within the inside 3285 that this positioning shaft 3220 is connected to this transport stabilizer unit 3210.This pivot member 3230 is attached on a support unit 3260.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines in fact a tubular structure.This wall 3280 comprises a region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in flexible connector 115 (not shown in Figure 37).The transport stabilizer unit 3210 that Figure 37 describes is included in two holes 3270 in wall 3280, on the contrary face of this tubular structure.This some holes 3270 comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 separately relative to shown position (such as one substantially vertical transport stabilizer unit 3210).This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

In the view that Figure 37 shows, this support unit 3260 is rotated by this pivoting unit 3230, and makes this support unit 3260 be oriented to be arranged essentially parallel to the surface of this wall 3280.As shown in the figure, this pivoting unit 3230 is configured to allow this support unit 3260 to move about 90 degree along single axis.This support unit 3260 is in corresponding with the vertical position of the main axis of this transport stabilizer 3210 substantially vertical position.This support unit 3260 has certain size and shape to be substantially engaged within this some holes 3270.This support unit 3260 and this pivoting unit 3230 are configured for and are positioned substantially in the outer diameter of the tubular structure limited by this wall 3280 by this support unit 3260.In this position, this transport stabilizer unit 3210 is configured to be engaged in the passage 125 of a thermosealed in fact container 100.

After this transport stabilizer unit 3210 is positioned such that the surface of this lid 3250 contacts with the outer wall 105 of a thermosealed in fact container 100, this positioning shaft 3220 can be moved by the user of this equipment to rotate this pivoting unit 3230 and therefore mobile this is in support unit 3260 in substantial horizontal position relative to this transport stabilizer 3210 (as shown in figure 33).Then by user by this positioning shaft 3220 through the central hole of this lid 3250 pull one in order to make the surface of this support unit 3260 this container 100 (as Figure 32 show) inwall 110 place and the side edge of flexible connector 115 touch the required number of degrees, this transport stabilizer 3210 can be oriented to provide support to this flexible connector 115.Then this positioning shaft 3220 can be fastened in place with these fastening pieces 3225 be attached on this lid 3250.

Figure 38 illustrates a transport stabilizer unit 3210, and this transport stabilizer unit has was rotated to be engaged in a support unit 3260 in the hole 3270 in this wall 3280.This view is similar to the external view of the embodiment that Figure 37 shows.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a lid 3250.This lid 3250 comprises multiple hole 3300, this some holes be configured for multiple fastening piece is reversibly attached to a thermosealed in fact container 100 outer surface on.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole and is attached to an adjacent fastener 3225 on this lid 3250.This central hole is that a positioning rod 3220 crosses this lid 3250 and provides space.This positioning rod 3220 is connected on pivoting unit 3230 (not shown) in the inside 3285 of the wall 3280 of this transport stabilizer unit 3210.Show this support unit 3260 be in the vertical position of the main axis of this transport stabilizer 3210 relative to a substantially vertical position in.This support unit 3260 has certain size and shape to be substantially engaged in this hole 3270.This hole 3270 comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275.In the position shown in Figure 38, this transport stabilizer unit 3210 be configured for be engaged in a thermosealed in fact container 100 passage 125 in.The edge of this support unit 3260 is supported in the top edge 3273 in this hole 3270 in this illustration.When this transport stabilizer unit 3210 is lowered to a thermosealed in fact container 100, the potential rotation of this support unit 3260 can minimize by this position.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transport stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 39 illustrates the external view being similar to the transport stabilizer unit 3210 that Figure 37 describes.There is in view shown in Figure 39 in perpendicular view the transport stabilizer unit 3210 described from Figure 37.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises and is attached to a lid 3250 on the wall 3280 of this transport stabilizer unit 3210 with right angle substantially.This wall 3280 defines the structure of one of this transport stabilizer unit 3210 tubulose in fact.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole and is attached to a fastening piece 3225 on the outer surface of lid and adjacent with this central hole.This central hole has certain size and shape to allow a positioning shaft 3220 to cross this lid 3250.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a region 3310, and this region is configured within the minimum inside of the passage 125 being engaged in a flexible connector 115 (not shown in Figure 39).This wall 3280 is included in two holes 3270 on the contrary face of this wall 3280, that have similar size and shape substantially.In the view shown in Figure 39, this some holes 3270 is alignment and seemingly overlapping in fact.This some holes 3270 has a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 separately.As shown in figure 39, the lower end of this positioning rod 3220 is attached on a pivoting unit 3230.This pivoting unit 3230 is attached on the surface of a support unit 3260.The view of Figure 39 shows this pivoting unit 3230 and this support unit 3260 through the hole 3270 of these overlaps and this inner region 3285.The face of this support unit 3260 is and the contrary face shown in Figure 38.

In certain embodiments, one or more sensor can be attached in this transport stabilizer unit 3210.A sensor can be positioned within the inside 3285 of such as this transport stabilizer unit 3210.A transport stabilizer unit 3210 can comprise an indicator, such as, as the visual detector of LED light emitter.An electronics can be operatively connected in a transport stabilizer unit 3210.Electronics can be operatively connected to and is attached on a sensor in this transport stabilizer unit 3210 and an indicator.Such as, a temperature transducer can be attached on the internal surface of this transport stabilizer unit 3210.A LED luminous indicator can be attached on the outer surface of this lid 3250.The electronics comprising a controller and multiple wire connector can be attached on this temperature transducer and this indicator.This electronics can be configured to such as when the temperature in this transport stabilizer unit 3210 is not in predetermined temperature range, make this indicator luminous in this temperature sensor senses.Such as, electronics can be configured in this temperature sensor senses to making this indicator luminous during temperature outside about 0 degree Celsius with the scope of 10 degrees Celsius.Such as, electronics can be configured in this temperature sensor senses to making this indicator luminous during temperature outside about 2 degrees Celsius with the scope of 8 degrees Celsius.Such as, electronics can be configured in this temperature sensor senses to making this indicator luminous during temperature outside about 5 degrees Celsius with the scope of 15 degrees Celsius.Such as, electronics can be configured in this temperature sensor senses to making this indicator luminous during temperature outside about 20 degrees Celsius with the scope of 30 degrees Celsius.Such as, electronics can be configured in this temperature sensor senses to making this indicator luminous during the temperature of less than about 0 degree Celsius.Such as, electronics can be configured in this temperature sensor senses to making this indicator luminous during the temperature of more than about 30 degrees Celsius.

Figure 40 A depicts the external view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of the transport stabilizer unit 3210 with attachment.Figure 40 A depicts an angled upper and lower view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of the transport stabilizer unit 3210 with attachment.This transport stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a lid 3250.This lid 3250 is fixed on the outer wall 105 of this container 100 by multiple fastening piece 3255.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole, and this central hole comprises a positioning shaft 3220.This positioning shaft 3220 is fixed in a settling position relative to this lid 3250 by the fastening piece 3225 be attached on this lid 3250 surface.

Figure 40 B depicts the external view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of the transport stabilizer unit 3210 with attachment.Figure 40 B depicts the vertical side view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of the transport stabilizer unit 3210 with attachment.This transport stabilizer 3210 comprises a lid 3250.This lid 3250 is fixed on the outer wall 105 of this container 100 by multiple fastening piece 3255.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole, and this central hole comprises a positioning shaft 3220.This positioning shaft 3220 is fixed in a settling position relative to this lid 3250 by the fastening piece 3225 be attached on this lid 3250 surface.

Referring now to Figure 41, show the example of an equipment, this equipment can serve as the background of theme described herein.Figure 41 illustrates a schematic diagram of equipment 4185.This equipment 4185 comprises a structural region 4180, active region 4100, and to be attached on this structural region 4180 and the connector 4120 be attached on this active region 4100 and a vacuum pump 4130.This structural region 4180, this active region 4100, this connector 4120 and this vacuum pump 4130 comprise an inner tightness region separately.Such as, this structural region 4180 is included in a tightness space 120 between this outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.This whole equipment 4185 comprises an inner tightness region, and these regions (such as 4100,4120,120) that this equipment 4185 is run through in this region are continuous print.

This structural region 4180 is made up of a kind of heat sensitive material.This structural region 4180 can be made up of a kind of heat sensitive material wholly or in part.This structural region 4180 can be made up of the combination of multiple material.When this structural region comprises the multiple parts be made up of different materials, the material with minimum heat resistance will handle the heat sensitivity in total region 4180.This structural region 4180 comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110, wherein has a tightness space 120 between this outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.This active region 4100 is made up of a kind of heat-resistant material.This active region 4100 is made up by using also heat-resisting method of a kind of heat-resistant material completely.Such as, any epoxy resin, Sealing, coating or similar parts in this active region 4100 structure will be all heat-resisting.When this active region comprises the multiple parts be made up of different materials, the material with minimum heat resistance will handle the heat resistance of whole active region 4100.This active region 4100 comprises one or more getter 4110.

This connector 4120 is attached on this structural region 4180 and this both active region 4100.The multiple air-locked link of this connector 4120 may be operably coupled on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 to form a tightness inside.Such as, by using air-locked Sealing in the respective ends of this connector 4120, this connector 4120 can be attached on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100.Such as, this connector 4120 can be soldered on structural region 4180 and active region 4100 to form air-locked soldering point in the respective ends of this connector 4120.This connector 4120 comprises a flexure region 4125.This connector comprises a region 4127, and this region is configured for carries out sealing and separating relative to this active region 4100 by this structural region 4180.This vacuum pump 4130 is operationally attached on this connector 4120.This vacuum pump 4130 is operationally attached on this connector 4120, so that the gas within the tightness inside allowing this vacuum pump 4130 this equipment 4185 emptying substantially in the process utilizing method described herein.In certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 can pass through pipe, pipeline, passage or between this vacuum pump 4130 and this connector 4120, create other structures of air-locked sealing and be operationally attached on this connector 4120.Such as, Figure 41 illustrates the vacuum pump 4130 be operationally attached on this connector 4120 by passage 4170.

This equipment 4185 comprises a tightness inner region throughout this structural region 4180, this active region 4100 and the connector 4120 be attached on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100.Air-locked Sealing is in each tie point between the region 4180,4100 and this connector of this equipment 4185.This vacuum pump 4130 is also operationally attached on this connector 4120 with air-locked Sealing.See: Ishimaru, " bakeable aluminium matter vacuum chamber and the bellows [Bakablealuminumvacuumchamberandbellowswithanaluminumflan geandmetalsealforultrahighvacuum] with aluminium matter flange and metal seal for ultrahigh vacuum ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], A15 rolled up for the 6th phase, 1978 11/12 month, 1853-1854 page; And the people such as Jhung, " use cryopump and realize extreme high vacuum [Achievementofextremelyhighvacuumusingacryopumpandconflat ealuminumgaskets] in conjunction with aluminium matter pad ", vacuum [Vacuum], 43rd volume the 4th phase in 1992,309-311 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.This vacuum pump 4130 can be attached on this connector 4120 by a structure (such as passage 4170), and this structure is included in a gas tight seal part between this vacuum pump 4130 and this connector 4120.The vacuum pump 4130 comprised in a specific embodiment should have to be enough to get ability by throughout this structural region 4180, this active region 4100 and the pump that is attached to the whole tightness inner region of the connector 4120 on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 substantially emptying.

A valve 4135 can be operationally attached on this connector 4120, be such as attached at this connector 4120, in the region between the vacuum pump 4130 and the structural region 4180 of passage 4170 and this attachment of this attachment.The valve 4135 be operationally attached on this connector 4120 can be configured for and suppress gas flow through this connector 4120.The valve 4135 be operationally attached on this connector 4120 can be configured to hinder gas flow through this connector 4120.The valve 4135 be operationally attached on this connector 4120 is configured in the inside passing this connector 4120 along a position restriction gas flow of this connector 4120 length.Such as, as Figure 41 show, valve 4135 can be configured for and prevent gas from flowing between the tightness space 120 and the inside of this active region 4100 of this structural region 4180 from the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120.As an example, as shown in figure 41, valve 4135 can be incorporated in this connector 4120 and the gas flow be configured within the inside reversibly preventing this connector 4120.Valve 4135 can be configured for another zone isolation of the inside of the gas that exists in the inside at this equipment 4185 region and this equipment 4185.Valve 4135 can have polytype, and as being suitable for this embodiment and relevant to multiple factor, these factors are exhaust and the sealing intensity of such as cost, durability, structural strength, manufactured materials.Valve 4135 can be a right-angle type rotary valve, as fly valve.Valve 4135 can be a ball valve.In certain embodiments, multiple valve can be there is.If valve 4135 comprises organic material (as nitrile) at "O" ring or miscellaneous part, then the expection deflation rate of these expensive items should be understood to impact as realizing the time required for the target minimum air pressure in this equipment.See: L.deCsernatony, " Viton " A " elastomeric characteristic II: the infiltration of gas, diffusion and dissolubility are on impact [ThepropertiesofViton " A " elastomersII:theinfluenceofpermeation of the gas discharge flow rate of the O shape ring be used as in atmospheric sealing part or immersion high vacuum, diffusionandsolubilityofgasesonthegasemissionratefromanO-ringusedasanatmosphericsealorhighvacuumimmersed] ", vacuum [Vacuum], volume the 3rd phase nineteen ninety-five the 16th, 129-134 page, this file is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, before this equipment of assembling (for example, see Fig. 5 and related text), dry this valuables under vacuum and can reduce from the exhaust in the organic material in this valve.See: D.J.Crawley and L.deCsernatony, " gassing characteristics [Degassingcharacteristicsofsome ' O ' ringmaterials] of some ' O ' shape ring materials ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 14th volume 7-9 page in 1964; And S.Rutherford, " benefit [ThebenefitsofVitonoutgassing] of Viton exhaust ", Da Niwei warehouse company [DuniwayStockroomCorp.], 1997,1-5 page, above-mentioned file was combined in this each via quoting.

The structural region 4180 be made up of a kind of heat sensitive material comprises a device, and this device is configured to use independent of the remainder of this equipment.Such as, this structural region 4180 can comprise a storage device (for example, see Figure 63), and this storage device is configured to use independent of the remainder of this equipment.Such as, this structural region 4180 can comprise a storage device (for example, see Figure 63), and this storage device is configured to use independent of this connector 4120, this vacuum pump 4130 and this active region 4100.Such as, this structural region 4180 can comprise a thermosealed in fact container, and this container is configured to use independent of this connector 4120, this vacuum pump 4130 and this active region 4100.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a device, and this device is configured to separate with the remainder of this equipment.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a storage device.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises the storage device being configured for the storage carrying out temperature stabilization.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a thermal insulating device.This structural region 4180 can comprise the storage device with an internal storage area 130 and an opening 4160 in this structural region 4180, and this opening has suitable size and shape to maintain the thermmal storage characteristic of this internal storage area 130 and to allow the interpolation of any storage material in this internal storage area 130 and to shift out.This internal storage area 130 is thermosealed in fact storage areas, and this thermosealed in fact storage area comprises with minimum size and shape and enters opening 4160 to allow storage material to insert and to shift out this internal storage area 130.This storage device can comprise a container, such as, be designed to a heat-staple container (for example, see Figure 63) of the medical agent product stored in cold chain.As shown in figure 41, this structural region 4180 can have the gas manometer 4140 of an attachment, and this gas manometer is configured for detection and the air pressure sent in this tightness space 120.See: the people such as Mukugi, " in ultra high vacuum ranges, be exhausted the feature [Characteristicsofcoldcathodegaugesforoutgassingmeasureme ntsinuhvrange] of the cold cathode instrument of measurement ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 44th volume 5-7 phase in 1993,591-593 page; And the people such as Saitoh, " vacuum measuring instrument is on the impact [Influenceofvacuumgaugesonoutgassingratemeasurements] of deflation rate measured value ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1993, A11 rolled up for the 5th phase, 9/10 month, 2816-2821 page; The people such as flood (Hong), " gaseous species [Investigationofgasspeciesinastainlesssteelultrahighvacuu mchamberwithhotcathodeionizationgauges] with hot-cathoed ionization ga(u)ge research stainless steel ultrahigh vacuum indoor ", measure science and technology [Meas.Sci.Technol.], 15th volume in 2004,359-364 page; Above-mentioned file is combined in this each via quoting.This gas manometer 4140 operationally can be attached on this tightness space 120 by a pipe or pipeline 4175.Although not shown in Figure 41, in certain embodiments valve can be included among this pipeline 4175 or on to suppress gas flow to pass this pipeline 4175 and this tightness space 120 to be isolated with this gas manometer 4140.

The structural region 4180 be made up of heat sensitive material can be made up of multiple heat sensitive material, and this depends on embodiment.This structural region 4180 can be made into comprise a kind of single heat sensitive material.The structural region 4180 be made up of heat sensitive material can be made of a variety of materials, and one or more in these materials may be temperature-sensitives, and this depends on embodiment.Such as, this structural region 4180 can partly or completely made of aluminum.This structural region 4180 can comprise multiple material in a specific embodiment.This structural region 4180 can be made up of composite material.Such as, this structural region 4180 on the upper part ground, surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110 or can be made up of metal plastic completely, as being coated with the polypropylene of layer of metal (as aluminium), PET, nylon or polyethylene completely.Such as, this structural region 4180 can on the internal surface in this tightness space 120 (surface 4190 that such as Figure 41 shows) upper part ground or completely by having the plastics of metallic coating or making by having ML plastics.Such as, this structural region 4180 can partly or be completely made up of a kind of composite material, and this composite material forms a plastics inner and metallic coating, and this metallic coating covers the surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110.Such as, this structural region 4180 can partly or be completely made up of a kind of composite material, and this composite material forms a plastics inner and clad lining, and this clad lining covers the surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110.Such as, this structural region 4180 can partly or be completely made up of the material comprising carbon fiber.This structural region 4180 can be made up of different materials in multiple layer of this structural region 4180 or region, as being suitable for a given embodiment.Such as, this structural region 4180 can partly or completely be formed by having an air-locked ML plastic outer region, and this clad lining covers the surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 150 and inwall 110.

In order to maintain the lowpressure in this tightness space 120, the material that this structural region 4180 is completely or partially discharged by low steam is in certain embodiments made.Such as, the material that this structural region 4180 can be discharged by low steam such as such as aluminium, stainless steel or other metals etc. is made.Such as, the material that this structural region 4180 can be discharged by low steam such as such as glass or applicable pottery etc. is made.In order to maintain the lowpressure in this tightness space 120, this structural region 4180 is made at the material discharged by the low steam of one deck on the surface 4190 in this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110 in certain embodiments.Such as, the material that these surfaces 4190 can use one deck stainless steel, aluminium or other low steams to discharge covers.In certain embodiments, carry out cleaning and processing so that the pollutant (such as, water, oil or plastics) reduced from these surfaces 4190 is sublimate into (see Figure 45 and related text) among this tightness space 120 to these surfaces 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110 before assembly.Can based on the expection distillation of this certain material under the expection serviceability temperature under multiple factor such as cost, weight, durability, hardness, intensity and air pressure required in this tightness space 120 and in a given embodiment, to for the manufacture of the low steam releasable material of particular type select.See, such as Adams, " stainless steel surfaces summary [Areviewofthestainlesssteelsurface] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 1-3 nineteen eighty-three, the A1 month rolled up for the 1st phase, 12-18 page, this file is combined in this by reference.Such as, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise the air pressure inside had and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the tightness space 120 of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise the air pressure inside had and be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the tightness space 120 of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise the air pressure inside had and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the tightness space 120 of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise the air pressure inside had and be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the tightness space 120 of holder.Such as, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise the air pressure inside had and be less than 1x10 ^-2holder (is such as less than 5x10 ^-3hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-4hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-5hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-6hold in the palm or be less than 5x10 ^-7holder) tightness space 120.

Be used for before this equipment 4185 (for example, see Figure 45 and related text) of assembling the parts manufacturing this equipment 4185 material and on any process of these parts by affect these methods (as Figure 46-62 and word associated therewith) described herein step process in the changing down of air pressure in this equipment 4185 and this hypobaric maintenance of passing in time.See: R.J.Elsey, " exhaust-I [Outgassingofvacuummaterials] of vacuum material ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 25th volume 7 phase in 1975,299-306 page; The people such as Yamazake, " high speed pump is evacuated to UHV [High-speedpumpingtoUHV] ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 84th volume in 2010,756-759 page; The people such as Saito, " for low vent material take out the measuring system [Measurementsystemforlowoutgassingmaterialsbyswitchingbet weentwopumpingpaths] switched between path at two pumps ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume 6-8 phase in 1996,749-752 page; The people such as Watanabe, " reduce the deflation rate [Reductioninoutgassingratefromresidualgasanalyzersforextr emehighvacuummeasurements] being used for the residual gas analyzer that extreme high vacuum is measured ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1996 11/12 month, A14 rolled up for the 6th phase, 3261-3266 page; The people such as Chun, " oxide surface being rich in chromium is evacuated to the impact [EffectoftheCr-richoxidesurfaceonfastpumpdowntoultrahighv acuum] of ultrahigh vacuum on rapid pump ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1997 9/10 month, A15 rolled up for the 5th phase, 2518-2520 page; And Nemanic and Setina, " exhaust [Outgassingofathinwallvacuuminsulatingpanel] of thin-walled vacuum isolating plate ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 49th volume the 3rd phase in 1998,233-237 page; Poole and Michaelis, " Hiavac under UHV condition and special teflon exhaust [HiavacandTeflonoutgassingunderultra-highvacuumconditions] ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 30th volume the 10th phase in 1980,415-417 page; And Ishikawa and Nemanic, " suppress the method survey [Anoverviewofmethodstosuppresshydrogenoutgassingratefroma usteniticstainlesssteelwithreferencetoUHVandEXV] of the hydrogen rate of discharge of Austenitic Stainless Steel relative to UHV and EXV ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 69th volume 501-512 page in 2003; Above-mentioned file is combined in this each via quoting.Term as used in this " exhaust " refers to from the solid in vacuum or hypobaric or the releasing of the gas in liquid.See: Redhead, " for measuring and recording the recommended practice [Recommendedpracticesformeasuringandreportingoutgassingda ta] of exhaust data ", vacuum science and technology journal [VacuumScienceandTechnology], within 2002 9/10 month, A20 rolled up for the 5th phase, 1667-1675 page, this file is combined in this by reference.The expection of this integral device 4185 use and this structural region 4180 all or part of any independent using process in, being used for the structure stability of this material of the parts manufacturing this equipment 4185 and the discharge characteristic of expection should take in the selection of material.See: S.Choi and B.V.Sankar, " gas permeability [Gaspermeabilityofvariousgraphite/epoxycompositelaminates forcryogenicstoragesystems] of the various Graphite/Epoxy laminated composite material for cryogenic storage system ", composite material [Composites], part B, 39th volume in 2008,782-791 page; The people such as Engelmann, " vacuum chamber [Vacuumchambersincompositematerial] in composite material ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1987 7/8 month, A5 rolled up for the 4th phase, 2337-2341 page; Nemanic and Setina, " experiment [Experimentswithathin-walledstainlesssteelchamber] about thin-wall stainless steel room ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 2000 7/8 month, A18 rolled up for the 4th phase, 1789-1793 page; Halliday, " introduction [Anintroductiontomaterialsforuseinvacuum] for the material under vacuum ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 37th volume the 8/9th phase in 1987,583-585 page; Holtrop and Hansink, " test [HightemperatureoutgassingtestonmaterialsusedinDIII-Dtoka mak] for the high-temperature exhaust air of the material of DIII-D tokamak ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 2006 7/8 month, A24 rolled up for the 4th phase, 1572-1577 page; Patrick, " exhaust and selection [Outgassingandthechoiceofmaterialsforspaceinstrumentation] for the material of space apparatus ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 23rd volume o. 11th in 1973,411-413 page; Ishimaru, " in aluminum alloy chamber 10 ^-13final pressure [Ultimatepressureoftheorderof10 in holder magnitude ^-13torrinanaluminumalloyvacuumchamber] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1989 5/6 month, A7 rolled up for the 3rd phase, 2437-2442 page; The people such as Hirohata, " the desorption behavior [Hydrogendesorptionbehaviorofaluminummaterialsusedforextr emelyhighvacuumchamber] for the aluminium material of extreme high vacuum room ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1993 9/10 month, A11 rolled up for the 54th phase, 2637-2641 page; Ishimaru, " window [Aluminumalloy-sapphiresealedwindowforultrahighvacuum] for the aluminum alloy-sapphire seal of ultrahigh vacuum ", vacuum [Vacuum], volume the 6th phase nineteen eighty-three the 33rd, 339-340 page; And Nemanic and Setina, " exhausts [Outgassinginthinwallstainlesssteelcells] of thin-wall stainless steel indoor ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1999 5/6 month, A17 rolled up for the 3rd phase, 1040-1046 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.In the embodiment be made up of composite materials such as the materials such as containing epoxy resin at the parts (as connector 4120 and/or structural region 4180) of equipment 4185, the deflation rate of these parts and the loss of weight that is associated should be taken into account when assessing the time by using method described here to produce needed for low gas pressure in equipment 4185 (see, such as Figure 46-62 and related text).In some cases, material can distil, and its degree is lowered under reaching and making its structural integrity low gas pressure required In a particular embodiment, and this type of factor must be taken into account in the design of equipment 4185 and structural region 4180.See R.D.Brown, the exhaust [Outgassingofepoxyresinsinvacuum] of epoxy resin " under the vacuum ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 17th volume the 9th phase in 1967,505-509 page; J.Santhanam and P.Vijendran, " exhaust of reinforced epoxy resin and the control [Outgassingrateofreinforcedepoxyanditscontrolbydifferentp retreatmentmethods] undertaken by different pretreatments method thereof ", vacuum [Vacuum], 28th volume the 8/9th phase in 1978,365-366 page; And the people such as Gupta, " exhaust in epoxy resin and and minimizing method [Outgassingfromepoxyresinsandmethodsforitsreduction] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1977 years the 27th volume the 2nd phases, 61-63 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.

Under its activation condition, the material of its structural integrity is lost at temperature below this one or more activationary temperature that term as used herein " temperature-sensitive " refers to the getter 4110 of these types used in this equipment 4185.Term as used herein " temperature-sensitive " is relative to for the one or more activationary temperature of concrete getter 4110 contained in a given embodiment and pressure condition.Such as, in certain embodiments, the getter 4110 be included in this equipment 4185 can comprise zirconium-vanadium-iron getter (see the U.S. Patent number 4 of " the ternary getter alloy of non-vaporising and the method [Non-evaporableTernaryGetteringAlloyandMethodofUsefortheS orptionofWater; WaterVaporandOtherGasses] for absorbing water, water vapour and other gases " authorizing the people such as Boffito, 312,669, this file is combined in this by reference).Such as, in certain embodiments, the getter 4110 be included in this equipment 4185 can comprise St707 ^tMgetter, wherein have the zirconium of 70%, the vanadium of 24.6% and 5.4% iron (such as, can obtain from the getter technology international corporation (GetterTechnologiesInternationalLtd.) of China).See also, Hobson and Chapman, " extracting methane out by the St707 under low temperature ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1986 5/6 month, A4 rolled up for the 3rd phase, and 300-302 page, this file is combined in this by reference.As at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to about 700 degrees Celsius temperature and continue at least 20 seconds and then this temperature be reduced between about 400 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees Celsius.Same at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature lower than 450 degrees Celsius (such as about 400 degrees Celsius or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius), time between 1 minute and 10 minutes of continuing, be in have simultaneously and be less than 10 ^-2in the environment of the air pressure of holder.As used herein, combining " heat sensitive material " that use together with the embodiment of the getter formed by zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material with one is a kind of heat sensitive material losing its structural integrity when predicting and can continue at least 20 seconds at the temperature of about 700 degrees Celsius.As used herein, combine " heat sensitive material " that use together with the embodiment of the getter formed by zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material with one and will be less than 10 being in have ^-2its structural integrity is lost when continuing the time between 1 minute and 10 minutes while in the environment of the air pressure of holder at the temperature lower than 450 degrees Celsius (such as about 400 degrees Celsius or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius).Such as, in certain embodiments, this structural region 180 is made up of a kind of heat sensitive material comprising aluminium or aluminum alloy, loses its structural integrity at the temperature of this heat sensitive material more than 250 degrees Celsius.See: the people such as Ishimaru, " store the Novel all-aluminum alloy vacuum system [NewallaluminumalloyvacuumsystemfortheTRISTANe+e-storagea ccelerator] of accelerator for TRISTANe+e-", IEEE nuclear science transactions [IEEETransactionsonNuclearScience], within 1981, NS-28 rolled up for the 3rd phase, 3320-3322 page, this file is combined in this by reference.

" structural integrity " as used since then refers to the structure maintaining form when it is made under one group of specified criteria.Loss of structural integrity correspondingly refers to the form that can not to maintain under one group of specified criteria when it is made.As used herein " temperature-sensitive " material refer to the getter 4110 of these types used in equipment 4185 this one or more activationary temperature below temperature under and under its activation condition, lose the material of its structural integrity.The condition affecting structural integrity forfeiture can comprise temperature range (such as, overheated or excessively cold temperature) and air pressure (minimum air pressure in such as inner region).Affect the condition that structural integrity loses and can comprise set service condition, such as, bear a heavy burden, corrode, compressive strength or tensile strength.The forfeiture of structural integrity may be obvious or serious, such as when structural entity or partly melt, be out of shape, distortion, implosion or burning time.The forfeiture of structural integrity can be included in the manufacture of structure the change of the discharge characteristic of a kind of material used, and the plastic materials such as with low discharge characteristic may show the discharge characteristic of raising under one group of specified criteria (such as temperature or air pressure).Relative to rough, the forfeiture of structural integrity checks that speech also may be unconspicuous or can't detect, such as forming that duck eye, surface are thinning, the change of the crystalline structure of material made or other non-principal structures, to weld or the forfeiture of joint cohesion.Such as, in certain embodiments, aluminum and its alloy uses " temperature-sensitive " material like this and may lose its structural integrity activating under some conditions required for the getter of some types that adopt in this specific embodiment.Such as, although not exclusively liquid form may be fused at the temperature of aluminum and its alloy more than 250 degrees Celsius, in some cases, they will start softening and therefore lose its structural integrity.Equally, Copper and its alloy can be considered to heat sensitive material in certain embodiments.See people such as Koyatsu, " measurement [Measurementsofoutgassingratefromcopperandcopperalloycham bers] of the deflation rate in Copper and its alloy room ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume 6-8 phase in 1996,709-711 page, this file is combined in this by reference.When combining with the gravity on structural region 4180 and the power that produces due to the lowpressure in tightness space 120, form when may lose its structural integrity at the temperature of aluminum and its alloy more than 250 degrees Celsius and make and compress, to offset or bending.Similarly, the plastics used in certain embodiments and plastic composite can be heat sensitive materials.

As shown in figure 41, the inwall 110 of this structural region 4180 defines in fact this tightness space 120 together with outer wall 105 in certain embodiments.Such as, this tightness space 120 can limit primarily of the border of the inwall 10 of this structural region 4180 and outer wall 105.Such as, this tightness space 120 can be set up by the inwall 110 of this structural region 4180 and the border of outer wall 105 in fact.Connection between this inwall 110 with this outer wall 105 can be such as weld, bonding or seal, this tightness space 120 isolates in fact with the gaseous environment of this structural region 4180 outside by these.In certain embodiments, the connection between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 can comprise extra material (such as welding compound, solder, brazing material or other sealing materials) to set up and to maintain the isolation of this tightness space 120 and the gaseous environment of this structural region 4180 outside.

In certain embodiments, this tightness space 120 comprises extra material.In certain embodiments, this tightness space 120 comprises and is designed to improve the durability of this structural region 4180 and the additional materials of stability.Such as, this tightness space 120 can comprise multiple structure characteristic (such as one or more flange, pillar, bracket, crossbeam or pillar), and these features can be configured for the stability maintaining this structural region 4180.Such as, this tightness space 120 can comprise inner supporting structure, such as the reinforced region of this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105.

In certain embodiments, this tightness space 120 comprises the additional thermal insulation material of the thermal property by improving this structural region 4180.Such as, this tightness space 120 can comprise multilayer insulant (MLI).See: the people such as Wiedmann, " multilayer heat insulation works [MultiLayerInsulationLiterature] ", DLR, structural mechanics research institute, totally 20 pages; The people such as Wei, " structure and shape are on the impact [Effectsofstructureandshapeonthermalperformanceofperforat edmulti-layerinsulationblankets] of the thermal characteristics of the thermal insulating multiple layer blanket of perforation ", application heat enginnering [AppliedThermalEngineering], 29th volume in 2009,1264-1266 page; Halaczek and Rafalowicz, " heat conveying [Heattransportinself-pumpingmultilayerinsulation] from extracting out in multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], the 26th volume in 1986,373-376 page; The people such as Shu, " heat flux from 277 to 77K [Heatfluxfrom277to77Kthroughafewlayersofmultilayerinsulat ion] through the multiple layer thermal break of some layers ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], the 26th volume in 1986,671-677 page; The people such as Jacob, " the research section 1 to the thermal characteristics (300-77K) of multilayer heat insulation thing: calorimetry research [Investigationsintothethermalperformanceofmultilayerinsul ation (300-77K) Part1:Calorimetricstudies] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 32nd volume the 12nd phase in 1992,1137-1146 page; The people such as Jacob, " the research part 2 to the thermal characteristics (300-77K) of multilayer heat insulation thing: thermal analyses [Investigationsintothethermalperformanceofmultilayerinsul ation (300-77K) Part2:Thermalanalysis] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 32nd volume the 12nd phase in 1992,1147-1153 page; Halaczek and Rafalowicz, " the unshielded cryostat [Unguardedcryostatforthermalconductivitymeasurementsofmul tilayerinsulations] that the thermal conductivity for multilayer heat insulation thing is measured ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 25th volume in 1985,529-530 page; The people such as Mikhalchenko, " theory of the conduct radiation formula heat trnasfer in multilayer heat insulation thing and experimental research [Theoreticalandexperimentalinvestigationofradiative-condu ctiveheattransferinmultilayerinsulation] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 25th volume in 1985,275-278 page; The people such as Bapat, the experimental research of the multilayer heat insulation thing " [Experimentalinvestigationsofmultilayerinsulation ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], nineteen ninety the 30th volume, 711-719 page; Authorize the U.S. Patent number of McIntosh, its title is " the variable density method [Variable-densitymethodformulti-layerinsulation] for multilayer heat insulation thing "; The people such as Zhitomirskilo, the theoretical model [Atheoreticalmodeloftheheattransferprocessinmultilayerins ulation] of heat transfer process " in the multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1979,265-268 page; Shu, " the system research section 1 to the cracking effect reduced in multilayer heat insulation thing: theoretical model [Systematicstudytoreducetheeffectsofcracksinmultilayerins ulationPart1:theoreticalmodel] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 27th volume in 1987,249-256 page; Shu, " the system research part 2 to the cracking effect reduced in multilayer heat insulation thing: experimental result [Systematicstudytoreducetheeffectsofcracksinmultilayerins ulationPart2:experimentalresults] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 27th volume in 1987,298-311 page; Glassford and Liu, " deflation rate [Outgassingrateofmultilayerinsulation] of multilayer heat insulation thing ", Palo Alto research institute of Luo Ke West Germany [LockheedPaloAltoResearchLaboratory], 83-106 page; Halaczak and Rafalowicz, " the flat cryostat [Flat-platecryostatformeasurementsofmultilayerinsulationt hermalconductivity] that the thermal conductivity for multilayer heat insulation thing is measured ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 25th volume in 1985,593-595 page; Matsuda and Yoshikiyo, " the thermoinsulation material characteristic [Simplestructureinsulatingmaterialpropertiesformultilayer insulation] for the simple structure of multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1980,135-138 page; The people such as Keller, " application [Applicationofhightemperaturemultilayerinsulations] of high temperature multilayer heat insulation thing ", aerospace journal [ActaAstronautica], the 26th volume the 6th phase in 1992,451-458 page; Scurlock and Saull, " thermal conductivity is lower than 0.1 μ Wcm ^-1k ^-1development [the Developmentofmultilayerinsulationswiththermalconductivit iesbelow01. μ Wcm of multilayer heat insulation thing ^-1k ^-1] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], in May, 1976,303-311 page; The people such as Bapat, " performance prediction [Performancepredictionofmultilayerinsulation] of multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], nineteen ninety the 30th volume, 700-710 page; And Kropschot, " the multilayer heat insulation thing [Multiplelayerinsulationforcryogenicapplications] for cryogenic applications ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 171-177 page in 1961; These files are combined in this each via quoting.

In certain embodiments, there is the multilayer insulant (" MLI ") of at least one deck in this tightness space 120.In certain embodiments, have the multilayer insulant of multiple layers in tightness space 120, wherein these layers can not be homogeneous.Such as, the multilayer insulant of the plurality of layer can comprise the layer with different-thickness or the layer and do not have with the spacer element be associated.In certain embodiments, in this thermoinsulation material or except this thermoinsulation material, the additional layer of one deck or multilayer can be there is, e.g., an external structure layer or an internal structure layer.

As shown in figure 41, in some step process of the method described herein and when being included in this equipment 4185, the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180 is to the inner open of this connector 4120.This structural region 4180 is connected on this connector 4120 in one way to form a bubble-tight in fact space with this inside, tightness space 120.Hypobaric sealing that this structural region 4180 is enough to maintain in this tightness space 120 with a kind of and be operationally attached on this connector 4120 is such as the effect by activating this vacuum pump 4130.This structural region 4180 is enough to the sealing of the minimum air pressure maintained in this tightness space 120 with a kind of and be operationally attached on this connector 4120, such as, be the effect by activating this vacuum pump 4130.Such as, this structural region 4180 can be enough to maintain in this tightness space 120 be less than or equal to 1x10 by one ^-2holder air pressure sealing and be operationally attached on this connector 4120, be such as the effect by this vacuum pump 4130.As shown in figure 41, some embodiments can comprise a valve 4135, this valve and this connector 4120 be one and adjacent with the outer wall 105 of this structural region 4180, wherein this valve 4135 be operationally be attached by a kind of orientation to isolate the inside of connector 4120 in the end opposite of this valve 4135.

This equipment 4185 comprises the active region 4100 be made up of heat-resistant material, and this active region 4100 comprises one or more getter 4110.Although what Figure 41-44 described is a single active region 4100, but can have multiple active region in certain embodiments, these active regions can be made by identical or different heat-resistant materials and can be comprised the getter of identical or different type.In the embodiment with multiple active region, each region can be operationally attached on a connector independently.In the embodiment with multiple active region, can operationally be attached one or more valve between the one or more connectors be associated with this in the plurality of active region.

In these conditions, the material of its structural integrity is maintained under term as used herein " heat-resistant material " refers to the temperature of one or more activationary temperatures of the getter 4110 of these types used in higher than this equipment 4185 and condition.As at the term " heat-resisting " used be relative to in a given embodiment for one or more activationary temperature of these concrete getters 4110 of comprising and air pressure conditions.Such as, in certain embodiments, these getters 4110 be included in this equipment 4185 can comprise zirconium-vanadium-iron getter (see U.S. Patent number 4,312,669, ibid, is combined in this by reference).Such as, in certain embodiments, the getter 4110 be included in this equipment 4185 can comprise St707 ^tMgetter, wherein have the zirconium of 70%, the vanadium of 24.6% and 5.4% iron (such as, can obtain from the getter technology international corporation (GetterTechnologiesInternationalLtd.) of China).See: the people such as Gunter, " the getter Zr of non-vaporising ₅₇v ₃₆fe ₇microstructure and bulk reaction [MicrostructureandbulkreactivityofthenonevaporablegetterZ r ₅₇v ₃₆fe ₇] ", vacuum science and technology journal [VacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1998 11/12 month, A16 rolled up for the 6th phase, and 3526-3535 page, this file is combined in this by reference.As at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: by be heated to about 700 degrees Celsius temperature and continue at least 20 seconds and then this temperature be reduced between about 400 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees Celsius.Also at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature lower than 450 degrees Celsius (such as about 400 degrees Celsius or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius) and the time continued between 1 minute and 10 minutes, is in have to be less than 10 simultaneously ^-2in the environment of the air pressure of holder.As used herein, combining " heat-resistant material " that use together with the embodiment of the getter formed by zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material with one is a kind of heat-resistant material maintaining its structural integrity when predicting and can continue at least 20 seconds at the temperature of about 700 degrees Celsius.As used herein, combine " heat-resistant material " that use together with the embodiment of the getter formed by zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material with one and will be less than 10 being in have ^-2its structural integrity is kept when continuing the time between 1 minute and 10 minutes while in the environment of the air pressure of holder at the temperature lower than 450 degrees Celsius (such as about 400 degrees Celsius or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius).Such as in certain embodiments, these getters 4110 comprised in this equipment 4185 can comprise the getter formed by titanium-zirconium-vanadium getter material.See: Matolin and Johanek, " the static SIMS research that TiZrVNEG activates ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 67th volume in 2002,177-184 page, this file is combined in this by reference.As used herein, combine " heat-resistant material " that use together with the embodiment of the getter formed by titanium-zirconium-vanadium getter material with one and will have about 5x10 in inside ^-11at lower than the temperature of about 300 degrees Celsius, its structural integrity (see Matolin and Johanek, ibid, is combined in this by reference) is kept during the air pressure of mbar.Such as, in certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 is made up of a kind of heat-resistant material, and this heat-resistant material comprises stainless steel or Stainless Steel Alloy.Such as, in certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 is made up of a kind of heat-resistant material comprising titanium alloy.

Various dissimilar getter can be used in different embodiments.These getters can be made up of various getter material.Such as, these getters can be made up of the getter material of non-vaporising.The selection of getter can depend on the availability of the getter material adopted in a such as given embodiment, cost, quality, chemical composition, toxicity and durability.The selection of these getters can depend on that the activation of such as a kind of specific getter material is stablized and condition.The getter of some types when continuing different time spans under different temperatures and air pressure conditions be can activate (see, such as, authorize " the ternary getter alloy of non-vaporising and for absorbing water of the people such as Boffito, method [the Non-evaporableTernaryGetteringAlloyandMethodofUsefortheS orptionofWater of water vapour and other gases, WaterVaporandOtherGasses] " U.S. Patent number 4, 312, 669, this file is combined in this by reference), and for this type of getter material, the selection of these materials can depend on potential temperature, the scope of air pressure conditions and time, or a kind of activationary temperature of concrete getter material, one or more combinations of air pressure conditions and time.In activation at a certain temperature, some getters may need subatmospheric air pressure conditions, such as close to vacuum condition (such as, Matolin and Johanek, ibid, and U.S. Patent number 4,312,669, ibid, and above-mentioned file is combined in this each via quoting).The selection of getter can depend on the operating temperature of such as a kind of given getter material, such as in ambient temperature (namely, roughly between 20 degrees Celsius and 30 degrees Celsius), in refrigerated storage temperature (that is, roughly between 2 degrees Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius) or in freezing temperature (such as roughly between 0 degree Celsius and-10 degrees Celsius or roughly between-15 degrees Celsius and-25 degrees Celsius).Some embodiments can comprise the getter of single type, the getter be such as made up of active getter material identical in fact.Some embodiments can comprise the polytype getter formed by the getter material that substance is different.Can find to be suitable for polytype getter of different embodiments of the invention and the more information of getter material in following file: the people such as Tripathi, " hydrogen absorption property [HydrogenintakecapacityofZrVFealloybulkgetters] of ZrVFe alloy bulk getter ", vacuum [Vacuum], 48th volume the 12nd phase in 1997,1023-1025 page; The people such as Benvenuti, " for the getter film [Nonevaporablegetterfilmsforultrahighvacuumapplications] of the non-vaporising of ultrahigh vacuum application; vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology] ", within 1998 1/2 month, A16 rolled up for the 1st phase, 148-154 page; The people such as Benvenuti, " reduction surface exhaust [Decreasingsurfaceoutgassingbythinfilmgettercoatings] by film air-breathing coating ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 50th volume 1-2 phase in 1998,57-63 page; The people such as Boffito, " the activable getter material of low temperature [Anonevaporablelowtemperatureactivatablegettermaterial] of non-vaporising ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 1981 5/6 month the 18th volume the 3rd phase, 1117-1120 page; DellaPorta, " by the gas problem in the vacuum system of seal isolation and air-breathing [Gasproblemandgetteringinsealed-offvacuumdevices] ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume 6-8 phase in 1996,771-777 page; Benvenuti and Chiggiato, " obtains 10 with the getter of Zr-V-Fe non-vaporising ^-14pressure [Obtentionofpressuresinthe10-14toorrangebymeansofaZr-V-Fe nonevaporablegetter] within the scope of holder ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 44th volume 5-7 phase in 1993,511-513 page; The people such as Londer, " for by the movable LH of vacuum insulation ₂novel high-capacity getter [the NewhighcapacitygetterforvacuuminsulatedmobileLH of holding vessel system ₂storagetanksystems] ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 82nd volume in 2008,431-434 page; The people such as Li, " feature [Designandpumpingcharacteristicsofacompacttitanium-vanadi umnon-evaporablegetterpump] taken out by the design of the suction pump of compact type titanium-vanadium non-vaporising and pump ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1998 5/6 month, A16 rolled up for the 3rd phase, 1139-1144 page; Chiggiato, " producing extreme high vacuum [Productionofextremehighvacuumwithnonevaporablegetters] with the getter of non-vaporising ", physical comment [PhysicaScripta], T71 volume in 1997,9-13 page; Benvenuit and Chiaggiato, " feature [PumpingcharacteristicsoftheSt707nonevaporablegetter (Zr70V24.6-Fe5.4wt%)] taken out by the pump of the getter (Zr70V24.6-Fe5.4wt%) of St707 non-vaporising ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1996 11/12 month, A14 rolled up for the 6th phase, 3278-3282 page; Day, " active carbon is as the use [Theuseofactivecarbonsascryosorbent] of low temperature absorption agent ", colloid and surface A collect-physical chemistry engineering aspect [ColloidsandSurfacesA:Physicochem.Eng.Aspects], 187-188, calendar year 2001,187-206 page; Authorize the U.S. Patent number 4 of the people such as Boffito, 312,669, " the ternary getter alloy of non-vaporising and the method [Non-evaporableTernaryGetteringAlloyandMethodofUsefortheS orptionofWater, WaterVaporandOtherGasses] for absorbing water, water vapour and other gases thereof "; Hobson and Chapman, " extract methane [PumpingofmethanebySt707atlowtemperaturesl] out with St707 at low temperatures ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1986 5/6 month, A4 rolled up for the 3rd phase, 300-302 page; And Matolin and Johanek, " static SIMS research [StaticSIMSstudyofTiZrVNEGactivation] to TiZrVNEG activates ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 67th volume in 2002,177-184 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.

As shown in Figure 41 show, this active region 4100 comprises multiple walls of a formation tightness inside.The tightness inside of this active region 4100 encloses one or more getter 4110.Equally as shown in figure 41, this active region 4100 comprises the tightness inside enclosing one or more getter 4110, wherein the inner inner open to this connector 4120 of the tightness of this active region 4100.Active region 4100 tightness inside be configured for maintenance one reduce air pressure, as by this vacuum pump 4130 set up.Although do not show in Figure 41, but some embodiments can be included in the position adjacent with this active region 4100 and this connector 4120 one valve of locating (such as, valve 4135), this valve is configured for the air pressure of to isolate in the opposite sides of this valve in this connector 4120.

As mentioned at this, this equipment 4185 is configured for be set up and the air pressure environment reduced maintained in the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180.Correspondingly, this one or more getter 4110 can comprise the getter material of non-vaporising.This one or more getter 4110 can comprise zirconium, vanadium and iron.Such as, this one or more getter 4110 can comprise 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron.Such as, this one or more getter 4110 can comprise St707 getter (the Sai Si getter group (SAESGettersGroup) being such as located at Italian thunder nanotesla city (Lainate) from general headquarters can obtain; See the appended online handbook downloaded on September 22nd, 2011, this file is combined in this by reference).Similar getter material is also obtainable from other sources, such as the getter technology international corporation (GetterTechnologiesInternationalLtd.) of China.

As shown in figure 41, this equipment 4185 comprises a connector 4120, this connector is attached to this structural region 4180 and is attached on this active region 4100, this connector 4120 comprise a flexure region 4125 and one be configured for the region 4127 of being carried out sealing and separating relative to this active region 4100 by this structural region 4180.This connector 4120 can be made up of such as stainless steel or Stainless Steel Alloy.This connector 4120 can be such as made up of different materials in zones of different (as being applicable to this embodiment).Generally, this connector 4120 be by the surface in this connector 4120 has low steam discharge and one or more materials for a specific embodiment with enough intensity, durability and heat resistance and be associated method (as further hereinafter describe) make.Cost, weight and flexibility also may be manufacture the factor in the Material selec-tion of this connector 4120.See such as, Nemanic and Setina, " reduce the research [Astudyofthermaltreatmentprocedurestoreducehydrogenoutgas singrateinthinwallstainlesssteelcells] of the heat treatment process of the hydrogen exhaust speed in thin-wall stainless steel room ", vacuum [Vacuum], 53rd volume in 1999,277-280 page; And the people such as Koyatsu, " measurement [Measurementsofoutgassingratefromcopperandcopperalloycham bers] of the deflation rate of copper and copper alloy indoor ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume 6-8 phase in 1996,709-711 page, these files are combined in this each via quoting.

This connector can comprise the valve 4135 being configured for and suppressing gas to flow in this connector 4120.Some embodiments can comprise more than one valve.As shown in figure 41, valve 4135 can be operationally attached on this connector 4120 position between this vacuum pump 4130 and the outer wall 105 of this structural region.This valve 4135 can be operationally attached on this connector 4120 in a position between this vacuum pump 4130 and region 4127, and this region is configured for carries out sealing and separating relative to this active region 4100 by this structural region 4180.

As shown in figure 41, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 is adjacent with the active region 4100 of this equipment 4185 in certain embodiments.This flexure region 4125 is configured to allow this active region 4100 change orientation relative to the remainder of this equipment 4185 (see also Figure 42-44) and keep the lowpressure in this connector simultaneously, as this vacuum pump 4130 set up and maintain.As shown in figure 41, this flexure region 4125 is configured to the arc that approximately forms right angle, and which results in this active region 4100 and this structural region 4180 is not linear alignment in the horizontal direction.As shown in Figure 41-44, in certain embodiments the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 be configured to along the axis of this connector 4120 carry out bending (as the double-headed arrow in Figure 41 described).The change of the configuration of this flexure region 4125 causes the change of the relative orientation of this active region 4100 and this structural region 4180, as shown in Figure 41-44.Due to the cooperative action of the configuration by the material and this material of making this flexure region 4125, this flexure region can be flexible.Such as, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 can be made up of the stainless steel of bellows configuration.Bellows configuration is made up of suitable material and is configured to allow to realize flexibility in the flexure region 4125 of connector 4120.Such as, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 can be made up of stainless steel and be configured to corrugated, band channel, have groove or have ridge shape to allow to realize the flexibility of the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120.

As shown in figure 41, this equipment 4185 comprises the vacuum pump 4130 be operationally attached on this connector 4120.This vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity to set up an air pressure of the air pressure be less than in the environment adjacent with this equipment 4185 in this equipment 4185.In certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity to set up the air pressure be drained in fact.In certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity to set up the air pressure close to vacuum.Such as in certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity the tightness space 120 in the inside of the inside of this structural region 4180, this active region 4100 and the inside of this connector 4120 is emptied to one be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.Such as in certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity the inside of the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180 inside, the inside of this active region 4100 and this connector 4120 is emptied to one be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-3holder, 5x10 ^-4holder, 5x10 ^-5holder, 5x10 ^-6holder or 5x10 ^-7the air pressure of holder.This vacuum pump 4130 can be a rotary blade type vacuum pump.Manufactured by such as German Pfeiffer Vacuum Co., Ltd. (PfeifferBalzersCompany) for the suitable vacuum pump in some embodiments.For the suitable vacuum pump in some embodiments by such as Edward's vacuum company (EdwardsVacuumCompany, general headquarters of the U.S. are in Middlesex, Massachusetts; Global Headquarters is in Britain) manufacture.Vacuum pump suitable in some embodiments comprises PfeifferBalzers model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12.

This equipment 4185 comprises a region 4127 of this connector 4120, and this region is configured for carries out sealing and separating relative to this active region 4100 by this structural region 4180.In certain embodiments, this equipment 4185 comprises a region 4127 of this connector 4120, and this connector 4120 carries out sealing and separating by the length that this region is configured for along this connector 4120 near this structural region 4180.As shown in figure 41, this of this connector 4120 is configured for a region adjacent with the outer wall 105 of this structural region 4180 that this structural region 4180 can be arranged in this connector 4120 relative to the region 4127 that the remainder of this equipment 4185 carries out sealing and separating.This equipment 4185 comprises the region 4127 being configured for sealing and separating of this connector 4120, maintain its lowpressure in the process that this region is configured to allow the tightness space 120 in this structural region 4180 to separate at this structural region 4180 and the remainder of this equipment 4185 and (such as, be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2holder).This connector 4120 to be configured for this structural region 4180 relative to this region 4127 that this active region 4100 carries out sealing and separating can be such as one section of aluminum pipe.Use in multiple embodiments of aluminum pipe in this region 4127 be configured for this structural region 4180 carries out sealing and separating relative to this active region 4100 for this connector 4120, this aluminum pipe can be that such as diameter is half inch and the pipe of thick 0.035 inch, such as from dragon spruce aircraft specialized company (AircraftSpruceandSpecialtyCompany, California Ke Luona (Corona, CA)) obtainable model 3003-O.Comprise in multiple embodiments of aluminum pipe in this region 4127 be configured for this structural region 4180 carries out sealing and separating relative to this active region 4100 for this connector 4120, this aluminum pipe can such as oneself subside (that is, " tightening ") and these edges use a shrinkage instrument (pinchandcrimpinstrument) of kneading to be sealed.Such as, a ultrasonic welder can be used to these sections sealing and separate aluminum pipe.

As shown in Figure 41-44 and in this equipment 4185, move through this from this active region 4100 connect machine 4120 as being designed at the equipment 4185 described in this correlation technique and being manufactured into the getter 4110 that allows to be activated and enter the tightness space 120 in this structural region 4180.When the inner space in the tightness space 120 in this active region 4100, this connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 comprises lower than air pressure in this equipment 4185 surrounding environment, the getter 4110 that these are activated is mobile in this equipment 4185.When the inner space in the tightness space 120 in this active region 4100, this connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 is emptying by this vacuum pump 4130 active, the getter 4110 that these are activated is mobile in this equipment 4185.Figure 42-44 shows the other aspect of this equipment 4185.Figure 42-44 illustrates other aspects of the equipment 4185 shown in Figure 41, in particular to the Design and manufacture of this equipment 4185, the getter 4110 be activated in order to allow these moves between this active region 4100 and this tightness space 120 within the inside of connector 4120.

Figure 42 depicts equipment 4185, and wherein the flexure region 4125 of connector 4120 moves to and makes this active region 4100 directly over this structural region 4180.As shown in figure 42, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 is manufactured and be configured to allow it to bend to configuration straight in fact.As from the combination of Figure 41 and Figure 42 obviously, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 is manufactured and be configured to allow it to bend to the configuration (as shown in figure 42) of straight line in fact from right angle (as shown in figure 41) in fact.This movement is depicted by the double-headed arrow in Figure 42.The equipment 4185 that Figure 42 describes is oriented to by the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 and this active region 4100 is arranged in directly over this structural region 4180 to allow these getters 4110A, 4110B, 4110C are dropped through this connector 4120 by gravity (single headed arrow is described) and are entered this tightness space 120.

Figure 42 further depict these getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C be activated pass this connector 4120 (such as, shown in single headed arrow) motion from this active region 4100.For the object of showing, these getters 4110 have as shown in figure 41 been given independent identifier A, B and C in Figure 42, but, these independent getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C be intended to Figure 41,43, that this shown in 44 and 45 organizes getter 4110 is equal.Although show as three of elliptical shape substantially independent getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C, the concrete number of these getters 4110 and shape will depend on this specific embodiment.As shown in figure 42, equipment 4185 is made up of the material being configured to allow these getters 4110A, 4110B, 4110C to move through this connector 4120 from this active region 4100.These getters 4110 selected by specific embodiment should have certain size and shape to shift out this active region 4100, enter in the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180 through this connector 4120.The getter with circular edge form is very applicable to this object, but can use in various embodiments and have difform getter.Can utilize the getter being formed as particle in certain embodiments, but the getter being formed as particle shape may to be bonded in this connector 4120 and to be not easy to move in this tightness space 120.Preferably, these getter 4110 entirety should be positioned at this tightness space 120 at the end of these method steps.Preferably, in the process of this connector 4120 of sealing, getter 4110 is not had to rest in this connector 4120.Such as, this getter material may reduce this connector 4120 by the integrity of sealing area.

Accordingly, this active region 4100 should be operationally attached on this connector 4120 in one way minimally to hinder these getters 4110 to shift out this active region 4100 and to enter in the inner region in this connector 4120.This attachment should provide enough sealings to allow this vacuum pump 4130 to set up within the inside of this equipment 4185 and to maintain the air pressure reduced (such as, to be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2holder).Such as, in the embodiment that this equipment is made of metal, this active region 4100 can be attached on this connector 4120 by soldering point.These soldering points should smooth enough and to provide minimum obstruction at these getters 4110 through during this connector 4120 on the inside being minimally attached to this equipment 4185.Similarly, this structural region 4180 should be operationally attached on this connector 4120 in one way minimally to hinder these getters 4110 shift out the inside of this connector 4120 and enter in the tightness space 120 in this structural region 4180.

It is current that the inside diameter of this connector 4120 (be included in himself region 4125 and 4127 within) and the inside diameter of any one or more valves (such as, 4135) opening should be applicable to through this equipment 4185 between these getters 4110 this tightness space 120 in this active region 4100 and this structural region 4180.The size and shape of any specific getter 4110 used should be less than the inside diameter of any one or more valves (such as 4135) used in this connector 4120 and this equipment 4185.This connector 4120 and the inside of any one or more valves (such as 4135) be combined in this equipment 4185 should comprise minimum, these getters 4110 may be hindered to move through the surface of this equipment 4185.Such as, the inside of this connector 4120 and any one or more valves (such as 4135) should be substantial smooth, and possibility does not hinder sharp-pointed, the outstanding or rough edge of these getters 4110.Such as, the inside of this connector 4120 and any one or more valves (such as 4135) should be substantially free of the inner member (such as, pillar or bracket) that these getters 4110 may be suppressed to travel across this inside.Generally, the inside of this equipment 4185 should be designed and manufactured as, when (namely this active region 4100, connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 are oriented properly, as Figure 42 describe) time, allow these getters 4110 directly move through this connector 4120 from the inside of this active region 4100 and enter in the tightness space 120 this structural region 4180.In certain embodiments, the inside of this equipment 4185 should be designed and be manufactured into, when (namely this active region 4100, connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 are properly positioned, as Figure 42 describe) time, allow these getters 4110 directly move through this connector 4120 from the inside of this active region 4100 and enter in the tightness space 120 this structural region 4180, such as, pass through gravity.In certain embodiments, the inside of this equipment 4185 should be designed and be manufactured into, and allows these getters 4110 directly move through this connector 4120 by mechanical transfer from the inside of this active region 4100 and enter in the tightness space 120 this structural region 4180.

Figure 42 depicts the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 be in substantially straight configuration, and wherein the active region 4100 of this equipment 4185 is positioned in the top of this structural region 4180.This equipment is manufactured into and allows the flexure region 4125 of this connector to be moved (as double-headed arrows) between the position shown in the position shown in Figure 41 and Figure 42 by the relative positioning of this equipment 4185.Figure 42 depicts getter 4110A, and its position is dropped through this connector 4120 for being about to by gravity (downward arrow described) and is entered in the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180.Figure 42 further depict to be positioned at this connector 4120 and to pass through gravity and moves through this connector 4120 and towards the getter 4110B of this structural region 4180.Figure 42 depicts the tightness space 120 that is in this structural region 4180 and with the getter 4110C in the tie point between the adjacent connector 4120 of this outer wall 105.

Figure 43 illustrates and is oriented to be similar to shown in Figure 42, in the latter half equipment 4185 (see method described here).In the view shown in Figure 43, these getters 4110 activated all are positioned at the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180.Although the getter 4110 that these activate by Figure 43 is shown as cluster, they also can be distributed in this tightness space 120.In certain embodiments, the multiple structural elements in this tightness space 120 limit these some or all of getters 4110 activated and enter in the localized area in this tightness space 120.Such as, this tightness space 120 can comprise and limits the multiple internal stent or pillar that these getters 4110 move in this tightness space 120.Such as, this tightness space 120 can comprise the wire mesh material being configured for and limiting the movement in this tightness space 120 of these getters 4110.

Figure 43 depicts this connector 4120 and comprises a shrinkage region 4300, and wherein the multiple contrary face of this connector is brought to together and forms air-locked sealing.This shrinkage region 4300 is in and is configured for sealing and separates in this region 4127 of this connector 4120.As shown in figure 43, this shrinkage region 4300 can be oriented to adjacent with the outer wall 105 of this structural region 4180, but a segment length 4320 of this connector 4120 is between this shrinkage region 4300 and surface of this outer wall 105.Equally as shown in figure 43, a segment length 4310 of connector 4120 may be there is between this shrinkage region 4300 and a valve 4135.As shown in Figure 43 is double-headed arrow, after this shrinkage region 4300 is formed, this structural region 4180 is separated with the remainder of this equipment 4185.In order to be separated with the remainder of this equipment 4185 by this structural region 4180, (such as, be less than or equal to 1x10 at the air pressure maintaining the reduction in this tightness space 120 ^-2holder) while by this connector 4120 at this shrinkage region place separately.In certain embodiments, substantially with sealing station place separate side by side, a kind of air-locked sealing can be formed in this connector 4120.Such as, this connector 4120 can carry out sealing and separating with a kind of ultrasonic welding device.

Figure 44 shows and is oriented to be similar to shown in Figure 43, in the latter half equipment 4185 (see method described here).In Figure 44, these getters 4110 activated all are positioned at this tightness space 120.See also Figure 44, this connector 4120 is separated at this shrinkage region 4300 place.This connector 4120 is separated (double-headed arrow) with the remainder of this equipment 4185 at this structural region 4180 that separately causes at this shrinkage region 4300 place.Figure 44 also show the sealing compound 4400 on the surface being applied in the shrinkage region 4300 adjacent with this structural region 4180.Sealing agent 4400 is through locating and applying to guarantee that the shrinkage region 4300 adjacent with this structural region 4180 maintains its structural integrity and do not comprise entering any hole in this tightness space 120 or space from the gas of the external environment condition of this outer wall 105 by permitting.Sealing agent 4400 (if involved in a specific embodiment) adheres on the surface in this separated shrinkage region 4300, thus forms one tightness closely on the inside of the connector length 4310 adjacent with outer wall 105.Such as, sealing agent can comprise epoxide resin material.

Figure 45 illustrates a kind of optional approach preparing these metal system parts of this equipment before this equipment of assembling.In order to set up and the air pressure reduced in fact maintained in this equipment (such as, is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2holder), the metal surface of these parts of this equipment can optionally carry out cleaning and preparing the exhaust from the surface contaminant on these metal surfaces to be minimized.As an example, Figure 45 depicts a kind of flow chart of method, and the method may be used for the metal system parts (as the described herein) preparing this equipment in some embodiments before the assembling of this equipment.Also see Y.T.Sasaki, " investigation of vacuum material cleaning course: sub-committee's report of suggestion criterion ATSC Advanced Television Systems Committee of vacuum association of the U.S. " [Asurveyofvacuummaterialcleaningprocedures:Asubcommitteer eportoftheAmericanVacuumSocietyRecommendedPracticesCommi ttee], vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms], May the 9th in 1991 volume, 2025 pages, this file is combined in this by reference.

Figure 45 illustrates the flow chart preparing the method for metal system parts before this equipment of assembling 4500.Frame 4510 depicts and carrys out cleaning member with denatured alcohol.This step can reduce grease, oil and similar contaminant on the surface of these parts.This flow process also comprises optional frame 4520, illustrates and carries out machine glazed finish to these parts.See people such as such as Kato, " realize 10 when not baked test room ^-10extreme high vacuum [Achievementofextremehighvacuumintheorderof10 in Pa magnitude ^-10pawithoutbakingoftestchamber] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 5/6 month nineteen ninety A8 rolled up for the 3rd phase, and 2860-2864 page, this file is combined in this by reference.Such as under these parts smooth enough situation, this step can be omitted.See: S.Okamura, " [Outgassingmeasurementoffinelypolishedstainlesssteel] is measured in the stainless exhaust after meticulous polishing ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms], July the 9th in 1991 volume, the 2405th page, the people such as M.Suemitsu, " to the aluminum alloy surface after the bright finishing of ultrahigh vacuum compatibility: the observation [Ultrahigh-vacuumcompatiblemirror-polishedaluminum-alloys urface:Observationofsurface-roughness-correlatedoutgassi ngrates] of the deflation rate relevant with surface roughness ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms], 10th volume in 1992, 570-572 page, the people such as M.Suemitsu, " formation [Developmentofextremelyhighvacuumswithmirror-polishedAL-a lloychambers] of the extreme high vacuum of the Al alloy room after bright finishing ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 44th volume 5-7 phase in 1993,425-428 page, H.F.Dylla, " exhaust of stainless steel and aluminium and the coherence [Correlationofoutgassingofstainlesssteelandaluminumwithva rioussurfacetreatments] of different surface treatment ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms], September the 11st in 1993 volume, the 2623rd page, the people such as Mohri, " study of surfaces [SurfacestudyofType6063aluminumalloysforvacuumchambermate rials] to the 6063 type aluminum alloys for vacuum chamber material ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 34th volume the 6th phase in 1984,643-647 page, and Y.T.Sasaki, " SS304/316 hydrogen exhaust be reduced to 2 × 10 [sup-15] torrl/cm [sup2] s [ReducingSS304/316hydrogenoutgassingto2 × 10 [sup-15] torrl/cm [sup2] ", JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfac], vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms], 25th volume in 2007, 1309th page, these files are all combined in this by reference.If carry out machine glazed finish to these parts, then they can clean other a period of time (Figure 45 is not shown) with denatured alcohol subsequently.

Frame 4530 illustrates and washs these parts with washing agent and water.Detergent washing step can reduce the existence of trickle pollutant (such as hydrocarbon ils and solvent), and these pollutants may promote the undesirable exhaust in this off-the-shelf hardware.See: R.Elsey, " exhaust-II [Outgassingofvacuummaterials-II] of vacuum material ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 25th phase in 1975,347-361 page, this file is combined in this by reference.As an example, can with hand dishwasher detergent (namely, at Advanced Power detergent at dawn [DawnAdvancedPowerDishSoap], manufactured by Procter & Gamble (Procter & GambleCompany)) hand-wash these assemblies with warm tap water and the soft sponge of standard.As another example, washing agent can be used these parts clean (can obtain from Ai Ke nox company (AlconoxInc., WhitePlainsNY) in White Plains city, New York) are carried out with tap water.Optional frame 4540 depicts and rinses these washed parts by deionized water (DI water).Optional block 4550 illustrates the nitrogen after with dehumidifying or these parts dry up by comparable inert gas.This step can reduce the sightless water molecule be attached on these parts surfaces.See such as, A.Berman, " water vapour [Watervaporinvacuumsystems] in vacuum system ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume the 4th phase in 1996,327-332 page; The people such as J.-R.Chen, " A6063-EX aluminum alloy and the stainless exhaust behavior of SUS304 [OutgassingbehaviorofA6063-EXaluminumalloyandSUS304stainl esssteel] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1987 11/12 month, A5 rolled up for the 6th phase, 3422-3424 page; The people such as Y.C.Liu, " [Thermaloutgassingstudyonaluminumsurfaces] is studied to the thermal exhaust on aluminium surface ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 44th volume 5-7 phase in 1993,435-437 page; Chen and Liu, " 304 stainless steels and A6063-EX aluminum alloy chamber deflation rate contrast [Acomparisonofoutgassingrateof304stainlesssteelandA6063-E Xaluminumalloyvacuumchamberafterfillingwithwater] after being filled with water ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1987 3/4 month, A5 rolled up for the 2nd phase, 262-264 page; The people such as Ishimaru, " take out the ultralow vacuum system of low type aluminium [Fastpump-downaluminumultrahighvacuumsystem] fast ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1992 5/6 month, A10 rolled up for the 3rd phase, 547-552 page; The people such as Miki, " be exceedingly fast in aluminium ultra-high vacuum system the feature [Characteristicsofextremelyfastpump-downprocessinanalumin umultrahighvacuumsystem] of taking out low process ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1994 7/8 month, A12 rolled up for the 4th phase, 1760-1766 page; And the people such as Chen, " the aluminium surface in vacuum system: the exhaust behavior [Outgassingbehavioronaluminumsurfaces:waterinvacuumsystem s] of water ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1994 7/8 month, A12 rolled up for the 4th phase, 1750-1754 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.In certain embodiments, can comprise and processing with dissimilar gas.See: the people such as Tatenuma, " by chemical method technology quick obtaining net freeboard vacuum [Quickacquisitionofcleanultrahighvacuumbychemicalprocesst echnology] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1993 7/8 month, A11 rolled up for the 4th phase, 1719-1724 page; The people such as Tatenuma, " chemical treatment is used to obtain net freeboard vacuum [Acquisitionofcleanultrahighvacuumusingchemicaltreatment] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1998 7/8 month, A16 rolled up for the 4th phase, 2693-2697 page; And L.C.Beavis, " interactions [Interactionofhydrogenwiththesurfaceoftype304stainlessste el] of hydrogen and 304 type stainless steel surfaces ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 1973 3/4 month the 10th volume the 2nd phase, 386-390 page; These files are combined in this by reference.Frame 560 depicts and toasts these parts under vacuum.See such as: H.Ishimaru, " take out low type aluminium ultra-high vacuum system [Fastpump-downaluminumultrahighvacuumsystem] fast ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [JournalofVacuumScience & TechnologyA:Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms], May the 10th in 1992 volume, 547th page, this file is combined in this by reference.

The exhaust that the verified parts of oven dry under vacuum produce some materials of reduction (such as to aluminium or parts of stainless steel) is useful.See: J.Young, " through the stainless steel of different surface treatment and the exhaust feature [OutgassingCharacteristicsofStainlessSteelandAluminumwith DifferentSurfaceTreatments] of aluminium ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 1969; Odaka and Ueda, " 304 type stainless steels in atmosphere before and after surface oxidising its deflation rate for the dependence [Dependenceofoutgassingrateonsurfaceoxidelayerthicknessin type304stainlesssteelbeforeandaftersurfaceoxidationinair] of oxide on surface layer thickness ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume 6-8 phase in 1996,689-692 page; The people such as Odaka, " roasting temperature and air exposure are for the impact [Effectofbakingtemperatureandairexposureontheoutgassingra teoftype316Lstainlesssteel] of the stainless deflation rate of 316L type ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1987 9/10 month, A5 rolled up for the 5th phase, 2902-2906 page; Zajec and Nemanic, " hydrogen bulk state relevant to hydrogen release dynamics in stainless steel and the code reassignment phenomenon [Hydrogenbulkstatesinstainless-steelrelatedtohydrogenrele asekineticsandassociatedredistributionphenomena] be associated ", vacuum [Vacuum], calendar year 2001 the 61st volume, 447-452 page; The people such as Bernardini, " air is dried in order to reduce the hydrogen exhaust [Airbake-outtoreducehydrogenoutgassingfromstainlesssteel] in stainless steel ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1998 1/2 month, A16 rolled up for the 1st phase, 188-193 page; The people such as Nemanic, " exception [Anomaliesinkineticsofhydrogenevolutionfromausteniticstai nlesssteelfrom300to1000 DEG C] from the hydrogen release dynamics the Austenitic Stainless Steels of 300 DEG C to 1000 DEG C ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 1/2 month calendar year 2001 A19 rolled up for the 1st phase, 215-222 page; Nemanic and Bogataj, " exhaust [Outgassingofthinwallstainlesssteelchamber] of thin-wall stainless steel room ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 50th volume 3-4 phase in 1998,431-437 page; The people such as Cho, " create extreme high vacuum with turbo-molecular pumping system: baking method [Creationofextremehighvacuumwithaturbomolecularpumpingsys tem:abakingapproach] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], 7/8 month nineteen ninety-five A13 rolled up for the 4th phase, 2228-2232 page; And Y.Ishikawa and K.Odaka, " reduced from the exhaust [Reductionofoutgassingfromstainlesssurfacesbysurfaceoxida tion] stainless steel surfaces by surface oxidising ", vacuum [Vacuum], nineteen ninety the 41st volume, 1995-1997 page; These files are combined in this by reference.Such as, parts of stainless steel can be had about 1x10 ^-2in 250 degrees Celsius of bakings 30 hours in the room of the gas pressure of holder.As another example, the parts of aluminium part or composite material can be had about 1x10 ^-2in 150 degrees Celsius of baking 60-70 hour in the room of the gas pressure of holder.Also see people such as Chen, " aluminium vacuum chamber [AnaluminumvacuumchamberforthebendingmagnetoftheSRRCsynch rotronlightsource] for the bending magnet of SRRC synchrotron light source ", vacuum [Vacuum], volume 7-9 phase nineteen ninety the 41st, 2079-2081 page; The people such as Burns, " exhaust system tests [Outgassingtestfornon-metallicmaterialsassociatedwithsens itiveopticalsurfacesinaspaceenvironment] of nonmetallic material relevant with sensitive optical surface in space environment ", George C MarsHall Space Flight Center, materials and process laboratory [MaterialsandProcessesLaboaratory, GeorgeC.MarshallSpaceFlightCenter], 1987; And the people such as Chen, " thermal exhaust [Thermaloutgassingfromaluminumalloyvacuumchambers] of aluminum alloy chamber ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1985 11/12 month, A3 rolled up for the 6th phase, 2188-2191 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.Additionally or alternati, verified under the existence of inert gas baking components be useful for reducing the exhaust of some materials.In certain embodiments, substituting as the gas pressure condition close to vacuum, these parts toast under the existence of inert gas (such as, nitrogen).

After cleaning and get out these parts, assemble these parts of this equipment.Helium leakage inspection can be carried out to guarantee that sealing and/or tie point are enough to the air pressure conditions of the reduction maintained within this device interior.In addition, in the checking process to final assembly, this equipment is purged with the nitrogen of dehydration.See people such as K.Yamazaki, " high speed pump is evacuated to UHV [High-speedpumpingtoUHV] ", vacuum [Vacuum], December the 84th in 2009 volume, 756-759 page; And the people such as Chun, " the deflation rate feature [outgassingratecharacteristicofastainless-steelextremehig hvacuumsystem] of stainless steel extreme high vacuum system ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1996 7/8 month, A14 rolled up for the 4th phase, 2636-2640 page; Above-mentioned file is combined in this by reference.

Figure 46 illustrates the flow chart of a kind of method utilized as the equipment described in this (as more than).Figure 46 depicts a kind of method 4600, the method comprise as frame 4610,4620,4630,4640 and 4650 the step described.Frame 4610 illustrates sets up vacuum in a tightness equipment, and this equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions." vacuum " refers to the air pressure in substantially emptying space as used herein." vacuum " refers to the lowpressure for the air pressure in the environment of this device external as used herein.Vacuum in various degree may be applicable in different enforcement.Such as, " vacuum " as used herein refers to have and is less than 1x10 ^-2holder (is such as less than 5x10 ^-3hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-4hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-5hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-6hold in the palm or be less than 5x10 ^-7holder) the space emptying in fact of gas pressure.Depend on specific embodiment, comprise such as durability, cost, parts, manufacture, structure and estimate the factors such as usage time interval, air pressure that may be desirably different.Vacuum can be set up within the inside of this at least one active region of this tightness equipment, within the inside of this at least one structural region and within the inside of this connector.Vacuum can be set up by using a vacuum pump that may be operably coupled on this tightness equipment.Manufactured by such as German Pfeiffer Vacuum Co., Ltd. (PfeifferBalzersCompany) for the suitable vacuum pump in some embodiments.For the suitable vacuum pump in some embodiments be by such as Edward's vacuum company (EdwardsVacuumCompany, general headquarters of the U.S. are in Middlesex, Massachusetts; Global Headquarters is in Britain) manufacture.Vacuum pump suitable in some embodiments comprises PfeifferBalzers model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12.Also see Ishimaru and Hismatsu, " have 10 ^-12turbomolecular pump [the Turbomolecularpumpwithanultimatepressureof10 of the extreme pressure of holder ^-12torr] ", vacuum science and technology journal [JournalofVacuumScienceandTechnology], within 1994 7/8 month, A12 rolled up for the 4th phase, 1695-1698 page; And the people such as Jhun, " cryopump and aluminium matter pad is used to realize extreme high vacuum [chievementofextremelyhighvacuumusingacryopumpandconflate aluminumgaskets] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 43rd volume the 4th phase in 1992,309-311 page, above-mentioned file is combined in this by reference.

In certain embodiments, while setting up vacuum, heat these equipments unit can reduce the time of setting up required for vacuum, such as, by the evaporation rate of trace water on the surface of this device interior of increase.In order to heat these equipments unit while setting up vacuum, this equipment can be placed on there is suitable size and operational condition baking oven in.Additionally or alternati, in order to heat these equipments unit while setting up vacuum, the outer surface of this equipment can be wound around with heating tape and the base of this equipment can be placed on a hot plate.The heating tape being applicable to some embodiments comprises the heating tape of such as insulating and can comprise the heating tape (such as from the model AIH-0510100 of HTS/ Ametek, Inc. (HTS/AmptekCorporation, StaffordTexas) of Texas Stafford) of glass fibre severe insulation.Such as, this tightness equipment can be heated by the increment of temperature, guaranteeing uniform heating, leave the time to monitor this equipment, allow to maintain the lowpressure of this inside and guarantee that this equipment is not overheated.As an example, set up in the process of vacuum in this tightness equipment, this equipment can be heated to about 130-150 degree Celsius with the increment of about 50 degree.As an example, set up in the process of vacuum in this tightness equipment, this equipment can be heated to about 180-220 degree Celsius with the increment of about 20 degree.Depend on embodiment, setting up vacuum may need several days, though to the heating of these equipments unit contribute to reduce needed for time.Such as, set up vacuum may need 5-7 days time, from vacuum pump and the continuous action heating these equipments unit.After suitable clean and other preparations, the exhaust from the volatile material of the internal surface of this tightness equipment is expected and the time that will be increased to required for the suitable lowpressure reaching a given embodiment.Such as, the exhaust that this tightness equipment will increase from the material of the internal surface of this tightness equipment is heated.(such as 1x10 is less than being suitable for the reading in this scope of embodiments when being demonstrated by the gas manometer be operationally attached on this equipment ^-2hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-3hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-4hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-5hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-6hold in the palm or be less than 5x10 ^-7holder) time, establish suitable air pressure at this device interior.

Method flow as shown in figure 46 also comprises frame 4620, show the one section of activationary time being heated to by this at least one active region be applicable to also being continued by the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region activate to be applicable to, maintain the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously.As mentioned above, the activationary temperature of a specific embodiment depends on these the concrete getters comprised in embodiment.The heating of active region is comprised and these getters in this active region is heated to a suitable temperature.The getter being suitable for some embodiments comprises zirconium-vanadium-iron getter, as at U.S. Patent number 4, and 312,669 (ibid, are combined in this by reference).As at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature of about 700 degrees Celsius and continue at least 20 seconds and then this temperature be reduced between about 400 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees Celsius.Also at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in notice, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature lower than 450 degrees Celsius (such as about 400 degrees Celsius or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius) and the time continued between 1 minute and 10 minutes, is in have to be less than 10 simultaneously ^-2in the environment of the air pressure of holder.In certain embodiments, this active region can be heated to the temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius and continue at least 45 minutes.In certain embodiments, this active region can be heated by the interval of about 50 degrees Celsius.

This at least one active region is heated to be suitable for the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region activate also being continued one section of applicable activationary time and the vacuum set up simultaneously maintained in this tightness equipment can comprise: when being attached to the vacuum pump on this equipment and just running, the remainder of this active region independent of this equipment is heated.Such as, this active region can be heated with of this device external thermal source.In certain embodiments, in order to heat this active region, this active region (getting rid of the remainder of this equipment) can be placed on there is suitable size, shape and characteristic baking oven in.In certain embodiments, in order to heat this active region, the outer surface of this active region can be wound around with heating tape.The heating tape being applicable to some embodiments comprises the heating tape of such as insulating and can comprise the heating tape (such as from the model AIH-0510100 of HTS/ Ametek, Inc. (HTS/AmptekCorporation, StaffordTexas) of Texas Stafford) of glass fibre severe insulation.Heat this active region can comprise and not heat with this structural region of this tightness equipment and the thermal source of the direct thermo-contact of connector with the direct thermo-contact of this active region with one.Such as, if use heating tape, then the particular section of heating tape can be wrapped in the external surface peripheral of this active region and be set to a temperature of any desired temperature of the remainder higher than this equipment.

As Figure 46 the method flow described also comprise frame 4630, illustrate and allow this at least one active region and these getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material.This active region can run off cooled by radiation heat.Such as, using heating to bring in multiple embodiments of the outer surface of this active region of heating, this heating tape can be removed and pass through the thermal radiation of externally environment and allow this this active region to cool.In certain embodiments, this active region can be allowed to be cooled to a specific temperature or temperature range, such as about 100 degrees Celsius, about 150 degrees Celsius, about 200 degrees Celsius, about 250 degrees Celsius, about 300 degrees Celsius or about 350 degrees Celsius.

As shown in figure 46, the method flow process also comprises frame 4640, depict and these one or more getters through cooling are transferred to this structural region from this at least one active region through cooling through this connector, maintain the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously.Such as, these getters through cooling can be transferred through this tightness equipment, such as, by redirecting the relative position of this active region and this structural region and allowing these getters to move through this equipment (see Figure 41-44 and above-mentioned related text) by Action of Gravity Field by gravitation transfer.Such as, these getters through cooling can be transferred through this equipment by mechanical transfer, such as, in this tightness equipment, shift these inner trowels through the getter of cooling, shovel, ladle or fork by being configured for.

As Figure 46 the flow process described also comprise frame 4650, illustrate by the connector between these regions separately, maintain this simultaneously and comprise the vacuum in structural region of one or more getters of cooling.Such as, by making connector generation shrinkage to set up bubble-tight sealing and at this shrinkage region place, this connector to be divided into two parts, this connector can be separated in the region place adjacent on the surface of the outer wall with this structural region.Can use a ultrasonic welder by the connector between these regions separately, maintain this simultaneously and comprise the vacuum in the structural region of one or more getters of cooling.Can use a special shrinkage device by the connector between these regions separately, maintain this simultaneously and comprise the vacuum in structural region of one or more getters of cooling.

Figure 47 illustrates other aspects of the method for showing in the flow process of Figure 46.Figure 47 shows frame 4610, this frame illustrates sets up vacuum in a tightness equipment, and this equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions.The multiple optional aspect of the method shown by optional frame 4700,4710 and 4720.Frame 4700 illustrates within the inside of this at least one active region of this tightness equipment, set up vacuum within the inside of this at least one structural region and within the inside of this connector.Such as, vacuum pump on this equipment can be may be operably coupled to by using one and method described here sets up vacuum.In certain embodiments, heat this equipment extraly and can reduce the time of to set up in this tightness equipment required for vacuum, this equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions.Frame 4710 depicts use one and may be operably coupled to vacuum pump on this tightness equipment.Such as, some embodiments can adopt a rotary blade type vacuum pump.Manufactured by such as German Pfeiffer Vacuum Co., Ltd. (PfeifferBalzersCompany) for the suitable vacuum pump in some embodiments.For the suitable vacuum pump in some embodiments be by such as Edward's vacuum company (EdwardsVacuumCompany, general headquarters of the U.S. are in Middlesex, Massachusetts; Global Headquarters is in Britain) manufacture.Vacuum pump suitable in some embodiments comprises PfeifferBalzers model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12.Fig. 7 comprises frame 4720, and this frame depicts foundation in a tightness equipment and is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder, this tightness equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions.In certain embodiments, can be less than 5x10 comprising the air pressure set up in this tightness equipment of at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions ^-3hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-4hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-5hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-6hold in the palm or be less than 5x10 ^-7holder.

Figure 48 illustrates other aspects of the method flow that Figure 47 describes.Flow chart element 4620 depicts the one section of activationary time being heated to by this at least one active region be suitable for also being continued by the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region activate to be applicable to, and maintains the vacuum set up in this equipment simultaneously.Flow chart element 4620 can comprise the one or more of multiple optional block 4800 and 4810.Frame 4800 depicts the temperature that this active region is heated to about 400 degrees Celsius and continues at least 45 minutes.When the given condition of a specific embodiment (air pressure in the size of such as these getters, shape and position and this active region), this active region should be heated to the temperature that is enough to the getter activating this particular type in this active region and continue for some time.As the described herein, the activationary temperature of the getter of the particular type used in a specific embodiment and activation condition (such as time and air pressure) are the bases of the acid extraction determining this active region.Frame 4810 illustrates and heats this active region with a thermal source of this device external.Such as, the remainder of this equipment is foreclosed, can only this active region be placed on there is suitable size, shape and operating parameter baking oven in.Such as, the outer surface of this active region can heat with a heating tape, and this heating tape is wrapped in around the active region of this equipment.The heating tape being applicable to some embodiments comprises the heating tape of such as insulating and can comprise the heating tape (such as from the model AIH-0510100 of HTS/ Ametek, Inc. (HTS/AmptekCorporation, StaffordTexas) of Texas Stafford) of glass fibre severe insulation.Heat this active region can comprise and not heating with the structural region of this tightness equipment and the thermal source of the direct thermo-contact of connector with the direct thermo-contact of this active region with one.

Figure 49 illustrates other aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Flow chart element 4620 depicts the one section of activationary time being heated to by this at least one active region be suitable for also being continued by the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region activate to be applicable to, and maintains the vacuum set up in this equipment simultaneously.It is one or more that flow chart element 4620 can comprise in multiple optional block 4900 and 4910.Frame 4900 depicts and does not heat this active region with the structural region of this tightness equipment and the thermal source of the direct thermo-contact of connector with one with the direct thermo-contact of this active region.Such as, heating tape can be wrapped in the external surface peripheral of this active region and not be wound around other regions of this equipment, and this heating tape is in check independent of any other controls specifically.Frame 4910 illustrates with the interval of about 50 degrees Celsius to heat this at least one active region.Such as, if this at least one active region is at first at the temperature of about 25 degrees Celsius, then this at least one active region can be heated to about 75 degrees Celsius, then to 125 degree Celsius, then to 175 degree Celsius, by that analogy, until reach final activationary temperature of wishing.

Figure 50 depicts the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4630 shows and allows this at least one active region and these getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material.It is one or more that flow chart element 4630 can comprise in optional block 5000 and 5010.Frame 5000 illustrates and allows this at least one active region to be cooled to ambient temperature by radiation heat loss.Such as, any heating tape can be cut off, allow its cooling and then remove from the outer surface of active region.Then this active region is allowed to be cooled to a predetermined temperature or ambient temperature by radiation heat loss.Frame 5010 depicts and allows this at least one active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees Celsius.Such as, about 250 degrees Celsius can be a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of a kind of heat sensitive material (such as aluminium).

Figure 51 shows the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4640 shows and these one or more getters through cooling is transferred to this structural region from this at least one active region through cooling through this connector, maintains the vacuum set up in this equipment simultaneously.It is one or more that frame 4640 can comprise in optional block 5100 and 5110.Frame 5100 depicts and bends this connector to allow these one or more getters through cooling to move to this at least one structural region from this at least one active region through cooling through this connector.Such as, the method can comprise and the flexure region of this connector being bent, this active region to be placed in the position be arranged in fact above this structural region, thus these getters are allowed to fall to this structural region from this active region through this connector by gravity.In this getter transfer process, this vacuum pump can be work to maintain the vacuum set up in this equipment.Frame 5110 illustrates and to be bent by this connector to change this at least one active region through cooling relative to the relative positioning of this at least one structural region about this connector.Such as, the method can comprise and bends this connector to change the relative position of this at least one active region relative to this structural region.

Figure 52 depicts the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4640 shows and these one or more getters through cooling is transferred to this structural region from this at least one active region through cooling through this connector, maintains the vacuum set up in this equipment simultaneously.Frame 4640 can comprise optional frame 5200.Frame 5200 show by these through cooling one or more getters be transferred in the tightness space between the inwall of this structural region and outer wall.Such as, this active region can be positioned such that this connector to be in the configuration of a straight line substantially and to be oriented to and this opening be attached on this connector of this active region is roughly positioned at operationally be attached to directly over an opening on this connector, that lead to this tightness space.Frame 650 shows by the connector between these regions separately, maintains this simultaneously and comprises the vacuum in the structural region of one or more getters of cooling.Such as, can there is shrinkage at adjacent with the outer surface of this structural region region place and separate in this connector.Frame 4650 can comprise optional frame 5210.Frame 5210 depicts and seals this connector adjacent with this structural region position.Such as, as shown in Figure 41-44, this connector can comprise the region being configured for and being carried out relative to this active region by this structural region sealing and separating in a position adjacent with this structural region.Be configured for and this structural region is not needed just in time near the outer surface of this structural region relative to this region that this active region carries out sealing and separating; As shown in Figure 41-44, this structural region outer surface and carry out a sections that can there is this connector between the sealing of this connector and the position of separating.

Figure 53 shows the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4650 shows by the connector between these regions separately, maintains this simultaneously and comprises the vacuum in the structural region of one or more getters of cooling.Such as, this connector can weld together with ultrasonic welding device and then remove and connects.Frame 4650 can comprise optional frame 5300.Frame 5300 depicts and this connector is carried out shrinkage and disconnects this connector in this shrinkage position.Such as, a ultrasonic welder can be used to be welded together by the opposing face of this connector and then disconnect this connector at this soldering point place.Such as, can use to be specifically designed to and this connector is collapsed to be enough to be formed a kind of shrinkage device of air-locked sealing, and then disconnect this connector in sealing position.As shown in Figure 53, the method flow process can also comprise optional frame 5310.Frame 5310 depicts and to be added into by sealing material on this connector surface separated adjacent with this structural region comprising these one or more getters through cooling.Sealing material (such as epoxide resin material) this connector surface separated be can be added into, such as, shrinkage or welding position covered.See also Figure 44 and related text.

Figure 54 depicts the many aspects of the method flow shown in Figure 46.It is one or more that Figure 54 illustrates that this flow process can comprise in optional block 5400 and 5410.Frame 5410 can be comprised in frame 5400.Before this active region of heating, this structural region be heated to a preset temperature and continue one period of predetermined time after frame 5400 shows and set up vacuum in this structural region.Such as, this structural region can be heated to about 150 degrees Celsius to promote the foundation of the lasting vacuum in this equipment.Such as, this structural region of heating can be brought with the heating be placed on the outer surface of this structural region.Such as, this structural region can be placed on a heating plate.Frame 5410 depicts, with the interval of about 50 degrees Celsius, this structural region is heated to this preset temperature.Such as, if started under the ambient temperature of about 25 degrees Celsius, then this structural region can be heated to about 75 degrees Celsius, then to 125 degree Celsius, then to 175 degree Celsius, then to 225 degree Celsius, by that analogy, until reach desired temperature.This heating sequence can keep one period of given time period at any one or all temperature in this series of temperature, such as, continue 10 minutes, 1 hour, 5 hours or 1 day.

Figure 55 illustrates the many aspects of the method flow shown in Figure 46.Figure 55 illustrates this flow process can comprise optional frame 5500.Frame 5500 depicts in transfer that this structural region was heated to a preset temperature by these before one or more getters of cooling, and maintains this preset temperature and separately this connector simultaneously.Such as, can be placed on be heated on a hot plate of a preset temperature at this this structural region before one or more getters of cooling of transfer, and this structural region is maintained at and is set as on this hot plate of constant temperature in the process of these getters of transfer.Such as, before the transfer of these getters, this structural region can be wound around with heating tape and be heated to a preset temperature, and in transfer process, maintain this temperature.Such as, this structural region can be heated to a predetermined temperature between about 125 degrees Celsius and about 175 degrees Celsius, and maintains this temperature in this getter transfer process.Such as, this structural region can be heated to a predetermined temperature between about 175 degrees Celsius and about 225 degrees Celsius, and maintains this temperature in this getter transfer process.Such as, this structural region can be heated to a predetermined temperature between about 200 degrees Celsius and about 250 degrees Celsius, and maintains this temperature in this getter transfer process.

Figure 56 illustrates a kind of flow process of method.The frame 5600 of this flow process is shown, the method comprises in a storage device to be set up and maintains vacuum.Frame 5600 comprises 5610,5620,5630,5640,5650,5660,5670,5680 and 5690.Frame 5610 illustrates these parts of an assembling storage device, and these parts comprise the outer wall and an inwall that define in fact a tightness space.Frame 5620 depicts and is attached on an equipment by this storage device, and this equipment comprises a getter active region containing one or more getter, this storage device be may be operably coupled to the connector on this equipment by a vacuum pump and one.Frame 5630 shows and activates this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.Frame 5640 illustrates and this storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature and lasting one period of scheduled time.Frame 5650 shows the activationary temperature the lasting one section of activationary time be applicable to that are heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter to be suitable for activating the one or more getters in this getter active region, and maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.Frame 5660 illustrates and allows this getter active region and this one or more getter to be cooled to a predetermined temperature.Frame 5670 shows and makes this connector carry out bending this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a kind of relative position, and this getter active region to be positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line substantially in this relative position.Frame 5680 depicts and allows these getters to fall in the tightness space in this storage device along this connector inside, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.This connector separates by the position that frame 5690 shows near this storage device, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.

Frame 5620 depicts and is attached on an equipment by this storage device, and this equipment comprises a getter active region containing one or more getter, this storage device be may be operably coupled to the connector on this equipment by a vacuum pump and one.Such as, this can be attached on an equipment to form a kind of equipment as shown in Figure 41-44 by a kind of air-locked in fact connection through the device of assembling.As shown in Figure 41-44, the inside of this equipment is included in an airtight volume in the tightness space of this getter active region, this connector and this storage device.Tightness space in this storage device can by passage (such as with one or more be expressed as in Figure 63 4175 pipeline) be connected on an equipment.

Figure 57 illustrates the many aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Figure 57 shows, can comprise optional frame 5700 in frame 5610.Frame 5610 illustrates these parts of an assembling storage device, and these parts comprise the outer wall and an inwall that define in fact a tightness space.Such as, these parts of a storage device can be assembled into a device as shown in Figure 41-44 and Figure 63.As shown in Figure 57, optional frame 5700 can be comprised in frame 5610.Frame 5700 depicts and carries out assembling these parts of this storage device to form a tightness space in this storage device.Such as, tie point, soldering point or Sealing can be there is so that the periphery around the tightness space in this storage device creates a kind of gas tight seal at these in the parts of assembling.

Figure 57 shows the other aspect of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Figure 17 illustrates in frame 5630 and can comprise optional frame 5710.Frame 5630 depicts and activates this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.Such as, one or more vacuum pump can be adopted to set up space emptying in fact in the tightness space of this storage device.Such as, one or more vacuum pump can be adopted to set up an extremely low air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.Frame 5710 illustrates to be set up one and is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.Such as, one or more vacuum pump can be adopted in the tightness space of this storage device to set up one and to be less than 5x10 ^-3hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-4hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-5hold in the palm, be less than 5x10 ^-6hold in the palm or be less than 5x10 ^-7the air pressure of holder.

Figure 58 illustrates other aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Frame 5640 illustrates and this storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature and lasting one period of scheduled time.Such as, this storage device can be heated to a predetermined temperature with an external heat source and continue for some time, and this temperature and time makes required for any surface contaminant evaporation on the internal surface in the tightness space of this storage device.Such as, this storage device can be heated to a predetermined temperature with an external heat source and continue for some time, and this temperature and time is required for the internal surface in the tightness space making this storage device dewaters.This acid extraction will depend on this specific embodiment, the final air pressure desired by such as, surface treatment (such as about the above-mentioned word that Figure 45 describes) before the material type used for the manufacture of this storage device, this material and the tightness space of this storage device.Figure 58 illustrates, and what can comprise in optional block 5800 and 5810 in frame 5640 is one or more.Frame 5800 illustrates with the increment of about 50 degrees Celsius to heat this storage device.Such as, bring in multiple embodiments of this storage device of heating in the application heating be wrapped on the outside of this storage device, the controller for this heating tape can be configured to be heated up this heating tape with the increment of about 50 degrees Celsius.Being heated up by this storage device with increment may be wish, such as overheated or in order to guarantee whole surface to be heated equably this storage device or in order to confirm that these tie points between this storage device and this connector keep tightness in this process in order to avoid.Being heated up by this storage device with increment may be wish, such as, check the air pressure of this device interior in this process in order to leave the time.Frame 5810 illustrates and is heated to continue at least 100 hours between about 130 degrees Celsius and about 150 degrees Celsius by this storage device.Concrete time and temperature will depend on embodiment, and this time is reduced to required for a target air pressure air pressure inside of this equipment.Such as, concrete time and temperature will depend on multiple factor, and these factors comprise the material, any pretreatment of these parts, the size and shape in this tightness space, the size and shape of the inside of this equipment and the pump of vacuum pump that manufacture this storage device in a given embodiment and use and take out ability.In certain embodiments, this storage device can be heated between about 150 degrees Celsius and about 200 degrees Celsius.In certain embodiments, can by this storage device heating about 75 hours.In certain embodiments, can by this storage device heating about 100 hours or about 125 hours.

Figure 59 shows other aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Frame 5650 illustrates the activationary temperature the lasting one section of activationary time be applicable to that are heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter to be suitable for the one or more getters activated in this getter active region, and maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.As discussed above, the activationary temperature required for a specific embodiment and time depend on these used getters.Such as, at U.S. Patent number 4,312,669 (ibid, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature lower than 450 degrees Celsius (such as about 400 degrees Celsius or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius) and the time continued between 1 minute and 10 minutes, is in have to be less than 10 simultaneously ^-2in the environment of the air pressure of holder.Manufacturing this, to comprise the material used in the active region of these getters be also relevant, and obviously this getter active region can not be heated to the temperature that expection can damage the structural integrity of this active region by the user of this equipment and method.Such as, this getter active region can not be heated to such temperature by the user of this equipment and method: this getter active region can not maintain its shape and structure corresponding to this hypobaric internal force at such a temperature.Such as, this getter active region can not be heated to such temperature by the user of this equipment and method: estimate that this getter active region can melting, implosion or distortion based on the material of this structure and manufacture at such a temperature.

Figure 59 shows, it is one or more that the flow process of Figure 56 can also comprise in optional block 5900 and 5910 in frame 5650.Frame 5900 depicts the temperature that this active region is heated to about 400 degrees Celsius and continues at least 45 minutes.Such as, in the multiple embodiments adopting a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material, be activated (see U.S. Patent number 4 when this getter material can continue the time of at least 45 minutes under about 400 degrees Celsius, 312,669, ibid, is combined in this by reference).Frame 5910 illustrates and heats this getter active region with a thermal source of this getter active region outside.Such as, this getter active region can be wound around with the heating tape on the outer surface of this getter active region as a thermal source.Such as, this getter active region can be placed with and directly contact with a hot plate or as the similar area of heating surface of thermal source.

Figure 60 depicts the many aspects of the method flow shown in Figure 56.Flow process shown in Figure 60 depict as in Figure 56 show for setting up in a storage device 5600 and maintaining the method for vacuum and flow chart element 5610,5620,5630,5640,5650,5660,5670,5680,5690 and optional frame 6000 and 6010.Flow process shown in Figure 60 comprises frame 5660, shows and allows this getter active region and this one or more getter to be cooled to a predetermined temperature.Such as, after heating (as shown in frame 5650), this getter active region and this one or more getter can be cooled to a temperature with other step compatibilities of the method.Such as, after heating (as shown in frame 5650), it is a compatible temperature (as shown in frame 5680) that this getter active region and this one or more getter can be cooled to allowing these getters to fall in the space of this storage device along this connector inside.Such as, this getter active region and these getters can be cooled to a temperature with the structural integrity compatibility of this connector.Such as, this getter active region and these getters can be cooled to a temperature with the structural integrity compatibility of this storage device.Should depend on multiple factor by (these) predetermined temperature, these factors are included in the safe handling temperature of material that these regions of manufacturing this equipment in a given embodiment use and this equipment and desired treatment temperature.The temperature of this active region can be determined by the mode being suitable for a given embodiment, and such as, outer surface condition based on this active region is estimated.In certain embodiments, an embedded temperature detector can be there is in this active region.

Figure 60 shows, the flow process that Figure 56 describes can comprise optional frame 6000 in frame 5660.Frame 6000 is shown and allows this getter active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees Celsius by radiation heat loss.Such as, the outer surface of this active region uses heating bring in multiple embodiments of this active region of heating, this heating tape completely or partially can be removed and allow this active region to cool by the radiation heat loss from this outer surface.Such as, be placed with at this active region and be in the surface of a thermal source (such as, a hot plate) in multiple embodiments that direct physical contacts, this active region can be removed from this thermal source and allow it to cool.The temperature on the surface of this active region can be used as the approximative value of the temperature of whole active region and content (such as, this one or more getter) thereof.In certain embodiments, a temperature transducer can be there is within the inside of this active region and the reading of this temperature transducer can be used in the method.

As shown in Figure 56 and Figure 60, this flow process comprises frame 5670, this frame depicts and makes this connector carry out bending this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, and this getter active region to be positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line substantially in this relative position.Such as, as shown in Figure 41-44, the shape of this connector can be changed to allow this getter active region to move in a position of the overthe openings be located substantially in the space of this storage device and make this connector be substantially straight.This connector can by flexure to a position, and the getter that this position allows these to be activated is dropped through the inside of this connector from an opening this getter active region and enters in the space in this storage device.As shown in Figure 60, optional frame 6010 in frame 5, can be comprised.Frame 6010 shows and makes this connector carry out bending this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position by making this connector region adjacent with this getter active region occur to bend, in this relative position, this getter active region to be positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line substantially.Such as, as shown and (see above) that describe in related text in Fig. 1-4, this connector can comprise a flexure region adjacent with this active region, such as, in a region that is corrugated or bellows configuration.This flex section adjacent with this active region of this connector can be made to carry out bending this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region is positioned in fact the top of this storage device in this relative position.

Figure 61 illustrates the many aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Figure 56 and Figure 61 comprises frame 5690, and this connector separates by the position depicted near this storage device, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.Such as, this connector can be sealed in the position adjacent with this storage device and then near sealing position or sealing position, be separated two of this connector parts to maintain the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device in one way.Figure 61 shows, and what can comprise in optional block 6100 and 6110 in the frame 5690 of this flow process is one or more.Frame 6100 depicts the physically shrinkage and disconnect this connector in this shrinkage position of this connector.Such as, this connector can be flattened adjacent with this storage device position, this is by being physically fully pressed together by the side of this connector to create a tightness region in the connector at this shrinkage position with a shrinkage device.After this connector is created airtight sealing in the connector by shrinkage fully, this connector physically can be broken into two panels in this shrinkage position.If desired, to stablize this surface (also see the item 4400 in Figure 44) through sealing on the outer surface that a kind of extra sealing or stable material (such as, epoxy resin) can be added into this connector.Frame 6110 depicts and utilizes ultrasonic welding device this connector to be separated adjacent with this storage device position the air pressure maintaining simultaneously and set up.

Figure 62 depicts the other aspect of the flow process shown in Figure 56.Figure 62 shows, frame 5600, and namely for setting up in a storage device and maintaining the method for vacuum, what can comprise in optional block 6200,6210,6220 and 6230 is one or more.After frame 6200 illustrates and set up subatmospheric air pressure in the space of this storage device, this storage device be heated to predetermined temperature and continue one period of scheduled time.Such as, may it is desirable in certain embodiments before this connector of sealing by heating the internal surface in the tightness space in this storage device dehydration (item 4190 in Figure 41).Such as, in certain embodiments may be desirably, when this storage device being heated to the temperature being similar to the temperature of these getters when being placed in this tightness space, so that these guaranteed the homogeneous heating of this storage device and expansion associated therewith before the getter of heating in interpolation.Frame 6210 illustrates the air pressure in the tightness space monitoring this storage device.Such as, may desirably a gas manometer be attached on this storage device in certain embodiments.Such as, Figure 63 illustrate be attached to this structural region 4180 comprising a storage device outer wall 105 on two pipelines 4175.Gas manometer can be attached in these pipelines 4175, if wished in the particular embodiment.Frame 6220 shows the air pressure monitored in this connector.Such as, gas manometer can be operationally attached on this connector by a pipeline or similar structure and in one or more steps of the method, be monitored the air pressure in this connector.Frame 6230 shows and is added on this connector surface separated adjacent with this storage device by sealing material.Such as, a kind of epoxide can be added into this connector surface of having separated (item 4400 see also in Figure 44) adjacent with this storage device.

Figure 63 depicts the cross sectional view of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, such as, be can be included in the structural region 4180 of an equipment (Figure 63 does not describe).The cross sectional view presented is the sightless All aspects of in external view in order to show this container.The cross sectional view presented is the only about half of of this container, and wherein region, abridged is substantially similar to shown region.Figure 63 is the example of an embodiment of the unit comprised in the structural region 4180 of an equipment (not describing in Figure 63), but other embodiments are also within the scope of this disclosure.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel described in Figure 63 comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110.This inwall 105 defines in fact a storage area 130 in this container.This outer wall 105 is spaced a tightness space 120 with this inwall 110.

The container described in Figure 63 one of also comprising between this internal storage area 130 and the outside of this container enters pipe 6340.Enter pipe 6340 to be attached on this inwall 110 by air-locked sealing 6320.Such as, this enters pipe 6340 and this inwall 110 can be made by stainless steel, and this air-locked sealing 6320 can be a suitable soldering point.This inside entering pipe 6340 defines an opening 125 between the outside of this container and this internal storage area 130.This opening 125 has enough size and shapes therefrom to shift out within the inside allowing storage material to be placed on this internal storage area 130, substantially maintains storage and the thermal characteristic of this internal storage area 130 simultaneously.This container is also included in the neck area 6330 entered around this in structure of one of pipe 6340 tubulose in fact.This neck area 6330 is attached on this outer wall 105 by air-locked sealing 6360.Such as, this neck area 6330 and this outer wall 105 can be made by stainless steel, and this air-locked sealing 6360 can be a suitable soldering point.This enters being connected with a tip seals 6310 away from the end away from this outer wall 105 on end and this neck area 6330 of this inwall 110 of pipe 6340.Although the tip seals 6310 described is separate units in the space connected between these these surfaces entering pipe 6340 and this neck area 6330, this tip seals 6310 also can comprise shrinkage shape or other forms of air-locked Sealing.As shown in Figure 63, the region 6350 that this tightness space 120 can enter between pipe 6340 with this neck area 6330 and this is coextensive.

Figure 63 further depict two pipelines 4175 be attached on this outer wall 105.These pipelines 4175 can be suitable for attachment gas manometer (as being designated 4140 in Figure 41-44) or be suitable for other devices of this embodiment.In the embodiment shown in Figure 63, the end of these pipelines 4175 is closed with multiple screen unit 6300, and these screen units are fixed by a kind of gas tight seal part, such as, by welding or rivet.When these pipelines 4175 and this same time delay in tightness space 120, these pipelines 4175 should have similar tightness, to keep the air pressure of the reduction in this tightness space 120 (such as, to be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2holder).

Reservoir vessel as depicted in Figure 63 can be included in the phase-change material in this internal storage area 130.In general, take in the selection of these materials that the concrete property (comprising durability, quality, corrosivity, toxicity and cost) of these materials should use when a manufacture reservoir vessel.See such as, Nemanic and Setina, " reduce the research [Astudyofthermaltreatmentprocedurestoreducehydrogenoutgas singrateinthinwallstainlesssteelcells] of the heat treatment process of the hydrogen exhaust speed of thin-wall stainless steel room ", vacuum [Vacuum], 53rd volume in 1999,277-280 page; And the people such as Koyatsu, " measurement [Measurementsofoutgassingratefromcopperandcopperalloycham bers] of the deflation rate of copper and copper alloy room ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 47th volume 6-8 phase in 1996,709-711 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.In the embodiment comprising phase-change material, take in the selection of these materials that the concrete property (comprising durability, quality, corrosivity, toxicity and cost) of these phase-change materials should use when manufacturing reservoir vessel.Such as, this inwall 105 can should keep a kind of material of its structure stability to make by under expection service condition under the existence of adopted concrete phase-change material.See: the people such as Zalba, " there is the summary of the thermal energy storage of phase transformation: material, Analysis of heat transfer and application [Reviewonthermalenergystoragewithphasechange:materials; heattransferanalysisandapplications] ", application heat enginnering [AppliedThermalEngineering], 23rd volume in 2003,251-283 page; And the people such as Bo, " tetradecane stores [Tetradecaneandhexadecanebinarymixturesasphasechangemater ials (PCMs) forcoolstorageindistrictcoolingsystems] for cold spending as phase-change material (PCM) from cetane binary mixture in different cooling system ", energy [Energy], 24th volume, 1000,1015-1028 page; These files are combined in this each via quoting.

System described here comprises a kind of equipment, this equipment comprises: a storage material module, this storage material module comprises the multiple storage elements being configured for and storing one or more medical article unit, and this storage material module comprises a surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit; Be configured for a stable storing device unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; Be configured for the surface of at least one in the multiple storage elements reversibly mated in this storage material module and be configured for the storage material module lid on the surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit; And be configured for a central stabilizer unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein this central stabilizer unit has certain size and shape to fill in fact a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is made of plastics.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is configured for separately and stores medical product bottle.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is configured for storage separately and is less than 30 medical product bottles.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is configured for separately and stores the medical product injector of prepackage.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is configured for storage separately and is less than 25 medical product injectors of prepackage.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element comprises: at least one contact pin on one edge and at least one the corresponding depression on an opposite edge.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element comprises: a sidewall; At least one contact pin at least one edge of this sidewall; And at least one depression at least one opposite edge of this sidewall, this at least one contact pin wherein on each storage element is this at least one depression of reversibly mating in an adjacent storage units.In some embodiments of this equipment, at least one in the plurality of storage element comprises: at least one depression being configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this at least one stabilizer unit.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is arranged to a vertical stacking in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element is configured to be interchangeable in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element has substantially similar size and shape.In some embodiments of this equipment, the plurality of storage element comprises: have substantially similar diameter but have at least two storage elements of different length.

Some embodiments of this equipment comprise a storage material module base, and this base is operationally attached in this storage material module at one end place away from this storage material module lid of this storage material module.In certain embodiments, this storage material module base comprises: the marginate one or more hole of tool, and these edges are configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: at least two pipes with different inside diameters, and these pipes are oriented to one in another inside, and the size of these passages is determined to be for relative to each other sliding.In certain embodiments, these at least two pipes comprise separately: along a hole of a part of length of each pipe, wherein when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position, these holes define a passage, and this passage is substantially perpendicular to the axis of these pipes.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: pipe and at least one outer tube in one with different inner diameters, these pipes are oriented to be relative to each other that the size of these pipes is determined to be for relative to each other being slided as pipe and at least one outer tube at least one; Along a hole of a part of length of each outer tube in this interior pipe and this at least one outer tube, wherein when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position, these holes define a passage, and this passage is substantially perpendicular to the axis of these pipes; And the multiple keeping units be fixed at adjacent with the hole of this interior pipe region place on the internal surface of this interior pipe, these keeping units comprise multiple ends in the hole extended through in each pipe.In certain embodiments, wherein the plurality of storage element is configured to an axial sliding movement along being limited by this stable storing device unit in fact.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made up of stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made of plastics.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made up of glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: have certain size and shape so that in fact around an external frame of this storage material module, a surface of this external frame meets the surface of this storage material module substantially; Multiple holes in this external frame; At an edge towards this storage material module, one or more extensions from the surface of this external frame, this one or more extension corresponds to the edge surface in the hole in a storage material module base.

In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, and this hole has a surface on the surface being configured for the contact pin of reversibly mating a storage material unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: a join domain, this join domain can comprise a base and a wheel rim, and wherein a surface of this join domain is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this central stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: a join domain, and this join domain comprises a hole; And a circuit connector in this hole, this circuit connector is configured for the corresponding circuit connector reversibly mated on a surface of this central stabilizer.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, and this hole is configured for a fastener attachment between this storage material module and this storage material module lid.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: one end is fixed on the first hollow in fact pipe of on the surface of this storage material module lid one; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe and makes the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe adjacent, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this first pipe and at least one hole in this second pipe, this some holes is positioned at when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position and forms a passage; Be configured to an axle of movement in response to the pressure on the surface from this central stabilizer unit; Be configured for the power transmission unit power of the movement from this axle be transferred on a bar; An end with certain size and shape of this bar, fills in fact the passage formed by this at least one hole in this first pipe and this at least one hole in this second pipe when being relative to each other in a special position with these pipes of box lunch.In certain embodiments, wherein this storage material module lid comprises: one end is fixed on the first hollow in fact pipe of on the surface of this storage material module lid one; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe and makes the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe adjacent, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this storage material module lid, this hole be configured for hold one or more wire, these wires the circuit in this second pipe is connected to be positioned in this second pipe outside circuit on.

In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: a base, and this base comprises the surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: be oriented to the fastening piece this central stabilizer unit be reversibly attached in this storage material module lid; And the mechanical release be operationally attached on this fastening piece, this release member is oriented to touch from the outer surface of this central stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: an inner core stabilizer; And around the low-heat density material of this inner core stabilizer.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: at least one hole defining a passage for circuit.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: an outer wall.

Some embodiments of this equipment comprise the one or more sensors be positioned in this stable storing device unit.Some embodiments comprise be attached to this central stabilizer unit one end on a lid, this lid has certain size and shape, to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in adjacent with the external end of this passage region.Some embodiments position be included in away from this storage material module lid is attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit; Be attached to the handles on a surface of the end away from this central stabilizer unit on this lid; Operationally be attached a display unit on this lid; Operationally be attached at least one global pick device on this lid; And the electronics be operationally attached on this lid, some embodiments position be included in away from this storage material module lid is attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit; Be attached to the handles on a surface of the end away from this central stabilizer unit on this lid; With the display unit that this lid is integrated; Operationally be attached an electronics on this lid; And the user input apparatus be operationally attached in this electronics.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit, and this lid has certain size and shape to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in adjacent with the external end of this passage region; Be attached to the handles on a surface of the end away from this central stabilizer unit on this lid; Operationally be attached to an electric mechanical switch on this lid, on that this electric mechanical switch is positioned in this lid, adjacent with the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel surface and in the region adjacent with the external end of this passage; Operationally be attached to an electronics on this electric mechanical switch; And the indicator be operationally attached on this lid.Some embodiments comprise a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and this container comprises a memory structure.

Multiple embodiment comprises the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of one, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises: an outer assembly, this outer assembly comprises: the outer wall defining in fact a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and this outer wall defines in fact a single outer cinclides; Define in fact an inwall of a thermosealed in fact storage area, this inwall defines in fact a single inner wall hole; This inwall and this outer wall are spaced a segment distance and define in fact a space; Be disposed at least one the ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part in this space; Define the connector that connects the passage of this single outer cinclides and this single inner wall hole; And the access aperture that leads to this thermosealed in fact storage area single, wherein this single access aperture is limited by this connector end; And an inner assembly in this thermosealed in fact storage area, this inner assembly comprises: be configured for and receive and store a memory structure of multiple module, wherein the plurality of module comprises at least one heat spreader module and at least one both storage material module; Comprise a storage material module of multiple storage element, this storage material module comprises the surface being configured for and reversibly mating the memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; Be configured at least one stable storing device unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; A storage material module lid, this storage material module lid is configured at least one in the multiple storage elements reversibly mated in this storage material module and is configured for reversibly mates this at least one stabilizer unit; And the central stabilizer unit be operatively coupled in this storage material module lid, wherein this central stabilizer unit is oriented to substantially fill this passage.

In some embodiments of this container, this connector is a flexible connector.In some embodiments of this container, this space comprises: have and be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.In some embodiments of this container, this at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part comprises multilayer insulant (" MLI ").In some embodiments of this container, this thermosealed in fact storage area is configured to need to be maintained passively between about 2 and 8 degrees Celsius continue at least 30 days.In some embodiments of this container, this memory structure be attached to this in fact this thermosealed storage area inside, be in the position of the diameter being arranged essentially parallel to this passage.In some embodiments of this container, this memory structure be attached to this in fact this thermosealed storage area inside, be in be substantially perpendicular to the central axial line that this connector is formed position in.In certain embodiments, the multiple storage elements in this storage material module are configured for separately and store medical product bottle.In some embodiments of this container, the multiple storage elements in this storage material module are configured for storage separately and are less than 30 medical product bottles.In some embodiments of this container, the multiple storage elements in this storage material module are configured for the pharmaceutical injection device storing one or more prepackage separately.In some embodiments of this container, the multiple storage elements in this storage material module are configured for storage separately and are less than 25 pre-powder charge injectors.In some embodiments of this container, the plurality of storage element comprises: at least one contact pin at least one edge of this storage element; And at least one depression at least one opposite edge of this storage element, this at least one depression in an adjacent storage units is reversibly mated in this at least one contact pin wherein on each storage element.In some embodiments of this container, the plurality of storage element comprises: at least one depression being configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this at least one stabilizer unit.In some embodiments of this container, the plurality of storage element is arranged to a vertical stacking in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this container, it is interchangeable that the plurality of storage element is configured in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this container, the plurality of storage element has substantially similar size and shape.In some embodiments of this container, the plurality of storage element comprises: have substantially similar diameter but have at least two storage elements of different length.

Some embodiments of this container comprise a storage material module base, this storage material module base this storage material module, be operationally attached in this storage material module away from the tail end of this storage material module lid.In certain embodiments, this storage material module base comprises: the marginate one or more hole of tool, and these edges are configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this stable storing device unit.

In some embodiments of this container, this at least one stabilizer unit comprises: at least two pipes with different inside diameters, these pipes are oriented to one in another inside, and the size of these pipes is determined and is positioned such that relative to each other to slide in their surface.In certain embodiments, these at least two pipes comprise separately: along a hole of a part of length of each pipe, and wherein when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position, these holes define a passage.

In some embodiments of this container, this at least one stabilizer unit comprises: at least two pipes with different inner diameter, these pipes are oriented to be relative to each other pipe and at least one outer tube at least one, and the size of these pipes is determined and is positioned such that relative to each other to slide in their surface; Along a hole of a part of length of each pipe, wherein when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position, these holes define a passage; And adjacent with the hole of this interior pipe region place be fixed to this at least one in pipe internal surface on one or more keeping units, these keeping units comprise multiple ends in the hole extended through in each pipe.In certain embodiments, the plurality of storage element is all configured for an axial sliding movement along being limited by this at least one stable storing device unit in fact.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made up of stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made up of glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: there is certain size and shape in case in fact around this storage material module an external frame, the internal surface of this external frame meets in fact an outer surface of this storage material module; Multiple holes in this external frame; And the one or more extensions in a surface towards this storage material module, from the surface of this external frame, these extensions correspond to one or more edge surfaces in a hole in a storage material unit.

In some embodiments of this container, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, and this hole has a surface on the surface being configured for the contact pin of reversibly mating a storage material unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: a join domain, and this join domain comprises a hole; And a circuit connector in this hole, this circuit connector be configured for reversibly mate this central stabilizer unit surface on a corresponding circuit connector.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, and this hole is configured for a fastener attachment between this storage material module and this storage material module lid.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: one end is fixed on the first hollow in fact pipe of on the surface of this storage material module lid one; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe and makes the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe adjacent, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this first pipe and at least one hole in this second pipe, this some holes is positioned at when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position and forms a passage; Be configured to an axle of movement in response to the pressure on the surface from this central stabilizer unit; Be configured for the power transmission unit power of the movement from this axle be passed on a bar; An end with certain size and shape of this bar, to fill in fact when these pipes are relative to each other in a special position passage formed by this at least one hole in this first pipe and this at least one hole in this second pipe.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: one end is fixed on the first hollow in fact pipe of on the surface of this storage material module lid one; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in make the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe adjacent in this first pipe, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this storage material module lid, this hole be configured for hold one or more wire, these wires the circuit in this second pipe is connected to be positioned in this second pipe outside circuit on.

In some embodiments of this container, this central stabilizer unit comprises: a base, and this base comprises at least one surface being configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: be oriented to the fastening piece this central stabilizer unit be reversibly attached in this storage material module lid; And the mechanical release be operationally attached on this fastening piece, this release member is oriented to touch from the outer surface of this central stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: an inner core stabilizer; And around a low-heat density material of this inner core stabilizer.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: at least one hole defining a passage for circuit.In certain embodiments, this central stabilizer unit comprises: an outer wall.

Some embodiments of this container comprise: be positioned in the one or more sensors in this at least one stable storing device unit.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit, and this lid has certain size and shape to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in adjacent with the external end of this passage region.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit at a position away from this storage material module lid; Be attached on this lid, away from the handles on a surface of the end of this central stabilizer unit; Operationally be attached a display unit on this lid; Operationally be attached at least one global pick device on this lid; And the electronics be operationally attached on this lid.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit at a position away from this storage material module lid, be attached on this lid, away from the handles on a surface of the end of this central stabilizer unit; The display unit be integrated with this lid; Operationally be attached an electronics on this lid; And the user input apparatus be operationally attached in this electronics.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit, and this lid has certain size and shape to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in adjacent with the external end of this passage region; Be attached on this lid, away from the handles on a surface of the end of this central stabilizer unit; Operationally be attached to an electric mechanical switch on this lid, that this electric mechanical switch is positioned in this lid, adjacent with the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel surface is arranged in the region adjacent with the external end of this passage; Operationally be attached to an electronics on this electric mechanical switch; And the indicator be operationally attached on this lid.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on one end of this central stabilizer unit, and this lid has certain size and shape to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in adjacent with the external end of this passage region; Operationally be attached to an electric mechanical switch on this lid, that this electric mechanical switch is positioned in this lid, adjacent with the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel surface is arranged in the region adjacent with the external end of this passage; Operationally be attached to an electronics on this electric mechanical switch; And the indicator be operationally attached on this lid.

Some embodiments of this container comprise a transport stabilizer unit, the size that this stabilizer unit has is corresponding to one with a flexible connector thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this transport stabilizer unit comprises: a lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for and covers in fact this and comprise an outside opening in the outer wall of the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of flexible connector, this lid comprises a surface, this surface is configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel near the outside opening in this outer wall, a central hole in this lid, a reversible fastening unit adjacent with the central hole in this lid, this reversible fastening unit is oriented to for by the central hole of axle this lid fastening, define in fact the wall that the diameter of section had is less than a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, one end of this tubular structure is operationally attached on this lid, a hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge be positioned on tubular structure from this tubular structure, be operationally attached on this lid end be less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector, a positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, the thickness that the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than this lid with the hole in the surface of this lid and this wall edge between the combination of wall length, an internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines in fact an inner region, a pivoting unit, the terminal area that this pivoting unit is operationally attached to this positioning shaft is positioned in this inner region, a support unit be operationally attached on this pivoting unit, this support unit has the hole extended through when to be engaged in when certain size and shape rotates in direction with this pivoting unit of box lunch in this inner region and to rotate about 90 degree in the other directions with this pivoting unit of box lunch in this wall, a stub area with a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface in a hole of reversibly mating in the memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, a base grip end in the end of this stub area, and a stretching unit for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for the inwall that resists this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel on this base grip end and the side maintaining the surface being substantially perpendicular to this lid upwards pressure.

In some embodiments of this container, the lid of this transport stabilizer unit comprises: at least one hole, and this hole is configured for and this lid is reversibly attached on the outer wall of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel by a fastening piece.In certain embodiments, the lid of this transport stabilizer unit is made up of the material with sufficient intensity, maintains this flexible connector and be in a compression position when being attached on this positioning shaft with this reversible fastening unit of box lunch.In certain embodiments, the pivoting unit of this transport stabilizer unit is configured to allow this support unit to move about 90 degree along single axis.In certain embodiments, the positioning shaft of this transport stabilizer unit is positioned in the hole of this lid.In certain embodiments, the reversible fastening unit of this transport stabilizer unit is attached on this positioning shaft to be maintained in a compression position by this flexible connector with enough tension force.In certain embodiments, the base grip end of this transport stabilizer unit comprises: be greater than a surface of at the temperature between 2 and 8 degrees Celsius relative to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall.In certain embodiments, this transport stabilizer unit comprises: a handles, and this handle is attached on this lid, contrary with this surface being configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel surface.In certain embodiments, this transport stabilizer unit comprises: a sensor; An indicator; And the electronics be operationally attached on this sensor and this indicator.

In certain embodiments, a kind of equipment comprises: a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with flexible connector; And the size had corresponds to a stabilizer unit of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this stabilizer unit comprises: a lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall covering in fact this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this outer wall near this outside opening; A central hole in this lid; Define in fact the wall that the diameter of section had is less than a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of the flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, one end of this tubular structure is operationally attached on this lid; A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge be positioned on tubular structure from this tubular structure, be operationally attached on this lid end be less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector; A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, the thickness that the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than this lid with the hole in the surface of this lid and this wall edge between the combination of wall length; A reversible fastening unit, this reversible fastening unit to be operationally attached on this lid and to be oriented to operationally be attached on this positioning shaft in adjacent with the hole in this lid region; An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines in fact an inner region; A pivoting unit, the terminal area that this pivoting unit is operationally attached to this positioning shaft is positioned in this inner region; A support unit be operationally attached on this pivoting unit, this support unit has the hole extended through when to be engaged in when certain size and shape rotates in direction with this pivoting unit of box lunch in this inner region and to rotate in the other directions with this pivoting unit of box lunch in this wall; A stub area with a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface in a hole of reversibly mating in the memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; A base grip end in the end of this stub area; This base grip end comprises a surface, is be greater than one relative to the friction factor on the surface of the inwall of this container at the temperature of this surface between 2 and 8 degrees Celsius; And a stretching unit for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for the inwall that resists this container on this base grip end and the side maintaining the surface being substantially perpendicular to this lid upwards pressure.

Some embodiments comprise a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises: a structural region be made up of heat sensitive material, and this structural region comprises an outer wall and an inwall and a tightness space between this outer wall and this inwall; An active region be made up of heat-resistant material, this active region comprises one or more getter; One is attached to this structural region and is attached to the connector on this active region, this connector comprise a flexure region and one be configured for the region of being carried out sealing and separating relative to this active region by this structural region; And a vacuum pump be operationally attached on this connector.

In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises: a storage device.In certain embodiments, this storage device is configured for the storage carrying out temperature stabilization in a temperature range.In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises: an adiabatic apparatus.In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises one and is configured for the device of separating with the remainder of this equipment.In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises: be configured to carry out independent of the remainder of this equipment a device using.

In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: aluminium.In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: metal plastic.In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: plastics and cover the metal of this heat sensitive material towards all surface in this tightness space.In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: a kind of material of low steam release.

In certain embodiments, the outer wall of this equipment defines in fact this tightness space together with inwall.In certain embodiments, this tightness space comprises: multilayer insulant.In certain embodiments, this tightness space comprises: be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2gas under the pressure of holder.In certain embodiments, this tightness space is to the inner open of this connector.

In certain embodiments, the heat-resistant material of this equipment comprises: in certain embodiments, the heat-resistant material of this equipment comprises stainless steel: titanium alloy.In certain embodiments, the active region of this equipment comprises: a tightness inside, and wherein this is one or morely enclosed within this tightness inside.In certain embodiments, the inner inner open to this connector of this tightness.

In certain embodiments, this one or more getter comprises: the getter material of non-vaporising.In certain embodiments, this one or more getter comprises zirconium, vanadium and iron.In certain embodiments, this one or more getter comprises 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron.

In certain embodiments, the connector of this equipment comprises: stainless steel.In certain embodiments, the connector of this equipment comprises: be configured to the valve suppressing gas to flow in this connector.In some embodiments of this equipment, the flexure region of this connector is adjacent with this active region.In some embodiments of this equipment, the flexure region of this connector has the configuration of bellows.

In certain embodiments, the vacuum pump of this equipment is enough to the inside of this structural region, this active region and this connector to empty to be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.

In certain embodiments, this equipment to be configured for this structural region relative to this region that this active region carries out sealing and separating be adjacent with this structural region along this connector.

In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: a bubble-tight connected space of each inside in this structural region, this active region and this connector.In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: may be operably coupled to a pressure meter on this tightness space.In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: may be operably coupled to a pressure meter on this connector.In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: at this structural region, one or more Sealings between this active region and this connector, these Sealings are enough to maintain vacuum in this structural region, this active region and this connector.

In certain embodiments, one method comprises: in a bubble-tight equipment, set up vacuum, and this equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions; This at least one active region be heated to the activationary temperature of the one or more getters being suitable for activating in this at least one active region and continue one section of applicable activationary time, maintaining the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; This at least one active region and this one or more getter is allowed to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material; These one or more getters through cooling are transferred to this structural region through this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling, maintain the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; And by the connector between these regions separately, maintain this simultaneously and comprise the vacuum set up in the structural region of one or more getters of cooling.

In certain embodiments, the vacuum of setting up in the method comprises: within the inside of this at least one active region of this tightness equipment, within the inside of this structural region and within the inside of this connector, set up vacuum.In certain embodiments, the vacuum of setting up in the method comprises: use a vacuum pump that may be operably coupled on this tightness equipment.In certain embodiments, the vacuum of setting up in the method comprises: set up and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.

In certain embodiments, one section of activationary time that the activationary temperature in the method being heated to this at least one active region be suitable for the one or more getters activated in this at least one active region also continues to be applicable to comprises: this at least one active region be heated to the temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius and continue at least 45 minutes.In certain embodiments, one section of activationary time that the activationary temperature in the method being heated to this at least one active region be suitable for the one or more getters activated in this at least one active region also continues to be applicable to comprises: heat this at least one active region with a thermal source of this device external.In certain embodiments, in the method, this at least one active region is heated to be suitable for the activationary temperature of the one or more getters activated in this at least one active region and the one section of activationary time continuing to be applicable to comprises: with one with the direct thermo-contact of this at least one active region also and not with the structural region of this tightness equipment and this at least one active region of heat source of the direct thermo-contact of connector.In certain embodiments, one section of activationary time that the activationary temperature in the method being heated to this at least one active region be suitable for the one or more getters activated in this at least one active region also continues to be applicable to comprises: with the interval of about 50 degrees Celsius to heat this at least one active region.

In certain embodiments, allow this at least one active region and this one or more getter to be cooled in the method to comprise with a temperature of the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material: allow this at least one active region to be cooled to ambient temperature by radiation heat loss.In certain embodiments, allow this at least one active region and this one or more getter to be cooled in the method to comprise with a temperature of the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material: allow this at least one active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees Celsius.

In certain embodiments, in the method, by these one or more getters through cooling, from this, through at least one active region of cooling, through this connector is transferred to this structural region, the vacuum set up simultaneously maintained in this tightness equipment comprises: bent by this connector to allow these one or more getters through cooling to move to this structural region from this at least one active region through cooling through this connector.In certain embodiments, in the method, these one or more getters through cooling are transferred to this structural region and the vacuum set up that simultaneously maintain this tightness equipment in comprise through this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling: bent by this connector to change this at least one active region through cooling and this structural region relative positioning about this connector.In certain embodiments, in the method by these through cooling one or more getters from this through cooling at least one active region through this connector is transferred to this structural region, the vacuum set up simultaneously maintained in this tightness equipment comprises: by these through cool one or more getters be transferred in a tightness space the inwall of this structural region and outer wall.

In certain embodiments, in the method, the connector between these regions is separately maintained simultaneously this vacuum set up comprised in the structural region of one or more getters of cooling to comprise: seal this connector adjacent with this structural region position.In certain embodiments, in the method, the connector between these regions is separately maintained simultaneously this vacuum set up comprised in structural region of one or more getters of cooling to comprise: this connector shrinkage is disconnected this connector in this shrinkage position.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises: be added into by sealing material on this adjacent connector surface separated of the structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling with this.In certain embodiments, the method comprises: set up vacuum in this structural region after and this structural region is at least heated to a preset temperature before active region and continues one period of predetermined time by this in heating.In certain embodiments, heat this structural region to comprise: with the interval of about 50 degrees Celsius, this structural region is heated to this preset temperature.In certain embodiments, the method comprises: in transfer, this structural region was heated to a preset temperature and maintains this preset temperature while separating this connector by these before one or more getters of cooling.

Some embodiments comprise for setting up in a storage device and maintaining a kind of method of vacuum, and the method comprises: assembled by the structure member all in fact comprising the outer wall and an inwall defining in fact a tightness space of a storage device; Be attached to by this storage device on a tightness equipment, this tightness equipment comprises a getter active region containing one or more getter, a vacuum pump and one and this storage device be may be operably coupled to connector on this tightness equipment; Activate this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device; This storage device be heated to predetermined temperature and continue one period of scheduled time; The activationary temperature being heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter be suitable for activating the one or more getters in this getter active region also continues one section of applicable activationary time and maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; Make this connector carry out bending this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region to be positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line substantially in this relative position; Allow this one or more getter to fall in the tightness space of this storage device along this connector inside, maintain the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; A position near this storage device by this connector separately, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.

At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, the structure member all in fact comprising the outer wall and an inwall defining in fact a tightness space of this storage device is carried out assembling and comprises: all in fact structure members of this storage device are carried out assembling to form this tightness space in this storage device.At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, activating this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device comprises: set up one and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.

At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, also lasting one period of scheduled time comprises this storage device to be heated to a predetermined temperature: with the increment of about 50 degrees Celsius to heat this storage device.At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, also lasting one period of scheduled time comprises this storage device to be heated to a predetermined temperature: be heated to by this storage device continue at least 100 hours between about 130 degrees Celsius and about 150 degrees Celsius.

At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, one section of activationary time that the activationary temperature being heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter be suitable for activating this one or more getter also continues to be applicable to comprises: this getter active region be heated to the temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius and continue at least 45 minutes.At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, one section of activationary time that the activationary temperature being heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter be suitable for activating this one or more getter also continues to be applicable to comprises: heat this getter active region with a thermal source of this getter active region outside.At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, allow this getter active region and this one or more getter to be cooled to a predetermined temperature and comprise: allow this getter active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees Celsius by radiation heat loss.

At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, make this connector carry out flexure and comprise: a region adjacent with this getter active region of this connector is bent.At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, a position near this storage device by this connector separately and the subatmospheric air pressure set up simultaneously maintained in the tightness space of this storage device comprises: by the physically shrinkage and disconnect this connector in this physics shrinkage position of this connector.At this for setting up in storage device and maintaining in some embodiments of the method for vacuum, this connector separately comprises by a position near this storage device: adopt a ultrasonic welding device.

This is used for setting up in storage device and some embodiments maintaining the method for vacuum comprise: set up subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device after, this storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature and continues one period of scheduled time.This is used for setting up in storage device and some embodiments maintaining the method for vacuum comprise: monitor the air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.This is used for setting up in storage device and some embodiments maintaining the method for vacuum comprise: monitor the air pressure in this connector.This for set up and some embodiments maintaining the method for vacuum comprise in storage device: sealing material is added into this connector surface of having separated adjacent with this storage device.

All above U. S. Patent that is that mention in this manual and/or that list in any application materials table, U.S. Patent Application Publication thing, U.S. Patent application, foreign patent, foreign patent application and non-patent publications not with in the degree of conflicting are being combined in this herein by reference.

Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, constituent element (as operation) described herein, device, object and adjoint discussion are used as the example making clear concept, and take into account the amendment of various different configuration.Therefore, as used herein, listed instantiation and adjoint discussion are intended to the more general classification representing them.Generally speaking, the use of any instantiation is all intended to the classification representing it, and does not comprise specific composition part (as operation), device and object and should not be regarded as limiting.

In general sense, person of skill in the art will appreciate that, these different aspects described herein, that individually and/or collectively can be implemented by diversified hardware, software, firmware and/or their any combination can be considered to be and be made up of dissimilar " circuit ".Therefore, " circuit " as used herein includes but not limited to: the circuit with at least one discrete circuit, there is the circuit of at least one intergrated circuit, there is the circuit of at least one specific integrated circuit, define the general-purpose calculating appts configured by computer program circuit (as, the general computer configured by computer program, it performs method described here and/or device at least in part; Or the microprocessor configured by computer program, it performs method described here and/or device at least in part), define storage device circuit (as various ways storage (such as, random access, flash memory, read-only etc.)), and/or define the circuit (e.g., modulator-demodulator, communication switch, optical equipment etc.) of communicator.Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, theme described herein can realize by (digital) mode of similar or numeral or their certain combination.

Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, can be incorporated at least partially in image processing system in device described herein and/or method.Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, a typical image processing system generally comprises following one or more: system unit housing, video display devices, storage such as loss tendency or nonvolatile memory, processor are if microprocessor or DSP digital signal processor, computational entity are as operation system, driver, application program, one or more interactive device (as touch pad, touch screen, antenna etc.), control system (comprise feedback control loop and control motor) is (e.g., for sensing the feedback of lens position and/or speed; For movement/distortion lens to form the control motor of required focus).Image processing system can utilize suitable can enforcement by the parts that obtain of business, such as in digital still system and/or digital dynamic system typical case exist those.

Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, can be incorporated at least partially in data processing system in device described herein and/or method.Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, data processing system generally comprises following one or more: system unit housing, video display devices, storage such as loss tendency or nonvolatile memory, processor are if microprocessor or DSP digital signal processor, computational entity are if operation system, driver, graphic user interface and application program, one or more interactive device (as touch pad, touch screen, antenna etc.) and/or control system (comprise feedback control loop and control motor) are (e.g., for the feedback of sense position and/or speed; Control motor for movement/adjustment component and/or amount).One number can utilize suitable can enforcement by the parts that obtain of business according to processing system, such as data calculate/communication and/or network calculations/communications system in typical case exist those.

About appended claim, it be to be appreciated that those skilled in the art that wherein quoted from operation can perform by any order usually.And, although propose different operating processes by one or more order, when it should be understood that these different operations can perform by other order except shown or can be performed simultaneously.The example of alternately graded like this can comprise overlapping, staggered, that interrupt, again minor sort, cumulative, preparation, supplement, simultaneously, put upside down or order that other are different, unless context separately indicates.In addition, as " in response to ", " have about " or other preterite adjectives be not usually intended to get rid of modification, unless context separately indicates.

About any plural number and/or singular references substantially as used herein, those skilled in the art can be converted to plural number from complex conversion to odd number and/or from odd number according to for this background and/or the suitable situation of the application.For clarity, the various displacements of singular/plural are not clearly listed at this.

Although shown the concrete aspect of the present subject matter illustrated by this and illustrated, but those skilled in the art it will be clear that, based on herein teach content, change can be made and revise and do not deviate from theme described herein and more wide aspect thereof, and therefore, claims will contain all such changes and amendment within the scope of it, just as the true spirit being in theme described herein is the same with within scope.Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that, in general, at this and especially the term used in claims (as: contents of claims) be intended to generally as " opening " term (as: term " comprises (including) " and should be understood as that " including but not limited to ", term " has " and should be understood as that " at least having ", term " containing (includes) " should be understood as that " containing but be not limited to " etc.).It will be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art that, if desirably one of the given number claim recites content introduced, then this intention will clearly be quoted from this claim, and then there is not this intention when lacking this citation content.Such as, for helping to understand, following claims may comprise the use to these introductory phrases " at least one " and " one or more ", for the citation content introducing claim.But, the use of such phrase should not be interpreted asimply and introduce a claim recites content by indefinite article " or a kind of (a/an) " and just any specific rights requirement containing this introduced claim recites part has been constrained to the claim containing an only this cited portion, even if comprise introductory phrase " one or more " or " at least one " and indefinite article in this claim, such as " one or a kind of (a/an) " (such as, " one or/or a kind of (a/an) " should be typically construed as referring to " at least one " or " one or more ") time, like this equally for being used for the use of the definite article introducing claim recites content.In addition, even if one that has clearly the quoted from given number claim recites content introduced, those skilled in the art still will be appreciated that, this citation content typically should be construed as referring to and be at least quoted from number (such as, typically refer at least two citation contents or two or more citation contents to the pure citation of " two citation contents " without during other modifiers).In addition, be similar to those situations of the idiomatic expression of " in A, B and C etc. at least one " in use under, usually such structure be intended to idiomatic expression in the meaning that it will be understood by those skilled in the art that (as, " system of at least one in a kind of A of having, B and C " by including but not limited to only having A, only there is B, only there is C, there is A and B, there is A and C, there is B and C and/or there is the system of A, B and C, etc.).Be similar to those situations of the idiomatic expression of " in A, B or C etc. at least one " in use under, usually such structure be intended to idiomatic expression in the meaning that it will be understood to those of skill in the art that (e.g., " there is the system of at least one in A, B and C " by including but not limited to only having A, only there is B, only there is C, there is A and B, there is A and C, there is B and C and/or there is the system etc. of A, B and C).What those skilled in the art will be further understood that is, represent disjunctive and/or the phrase of two or more substituting terms, no matter in specification, claims or accompanying drawing, all should be understood as that the possibility of any one or whole two terms that take into account of comprising in these terms, these terms, unless context separately indicates.Such as, phrase " A or B " typically will be understood to the possibility containing " A " or " B " or " A and B ".

What theme described herein was shown sometimes is included in different parts in different miscellaneous parts or connected from different miscellaneous parts.It is to be appreciated that, the structure described like this is only exemplary, and in fact can apply other structures many that can obtain said function.In the meaning of concept, any arrangements of components for obtaining identical function " is associated " that desired function is achieved all effectively.Therefore, " being associated " can be considered to be each other for obtaining specific function at any two parts of this combination, have nothing to do with structure or intermediate member to make desired function be achieved.Similarly, any two parts be associated so also can be considered to each other " being operably connected " or " operationally connecting " to obtain desired function, and any two parts that can be associated like this can be considered to each other " operationally attachable " equally to obtain desired function.Operationally attachable instantiation include but not limited to physically can to mate and/or physically interactional parts.

Although this disclosed different in and embodiment, other aspect and embodiment will be clearly for a person skilled in the art.These different aspects disclosed here and embodiment be objects in order to show and not be intended to limit, and real scope and spirit are pointed out by following claims.

Claims (22)

1. a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, comprising:

An outer assembly, this outer assembly comprises:

Define in fact an outer wall of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this outer wall defines in fact a single outer cinclides;

Define in fact an inwall of a thermosealed in fact storage area, this inwall defines in fact a single inner wall hole;

This inwall and this outer wall are spaced a segment distance and define in fact a space;

Be disposed at least one the ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part in this space;

Define a connector of the passage connecting this single outer cinclides and this single inner wall hole; And

Lead to the access aperture that of this thermosealed in fact storage area is single, wherein this single access aperture is limited by this passage end; And

An inner assembly in this thermosealed in fact storage area, this inner assembly comprises:

A memory structure, this memory structure is configured for and receives and store multiple module, and wherein the plurality of module comprises at least one heat spreader module and at least one both storage material module;

Comprise a storage material module of multiple storage element, this storage material module comprises the surface being configured for and reversibly mating this memory structure in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel;

At least one stable storing device unit, this stable storing device unit is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module;

A storage material module lid, this storage material module lid is configured at least one in the plurality of storage element reversibly mated in this storage material module and is configured for reversibly mates this at least one stable storing device unit; And

A central stabilizer unit, this central stabilizer unit may be operably coupled in this storage material module lid, and wherein this central stabilizer unit is oriented to fill in fact this passage.

2. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, wherein this connector is a flexible connector.

3. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, wherein this space comprises:

Have and be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4the space emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.

4. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, wherein this at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part comprises multilayer insulant.

5. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, wherein this thermosealed in fact storage area to be configured to need to maintain passively at the temperature between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius at least 30 days.

6. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, the plurality of storage element wherein in this storage material module is configured for separately and stores medical product bottle.

7. the size had is with one with the corresponding transport stabilizer unit of the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of flexible connector, and this transport stabilizer unit comprises:

A lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall covering in fact the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprising a flexible connector, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel near the outside opening in this outer wall;

A central hole in this lid;

A reversible fastening unit near the central hole of this lid, this reversible fastening unit is oriented to for being fastened in the central hole of this lid by an axle;

A wall, this wall defines in fact the tubular structure that the diameter of section had is less than the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and one end of this tubular structure is operationally attached on this lid;

A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, and this edge is positioned at from the end being operationally attached on this lid of this tubular structure, is less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector on this tubular structure;

A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, the thickness that the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than this lid with this hole in the surface of this lid and this wall edge between the combination of wall length;

An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines in fact an inner region;

A pivoting unit, the terminal area that this pivoting unit is operationally attached to this positioning shaft is positioned in this inner region;

A support unit, this support unit is operationally attached on this pivoting unit, and this support unit has and to stretch out when to be engaged in this inner region when certain size and shape rotates in one direction with this pivoting unit of box lunch and to rotate about 90 degree in the other directions with this pivoting unit of box lunch and through this hole in this wall;

Have a stub area of a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface in a hole of reversibly mating in a memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel;

At a base grip end of the end of this stub area; And

A stretching unit for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for the inwall that resists this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel on this base grip end and the side maintaining the surface being substantially perpendicular to this lid upwards pressure.

8., for stably maintaining an equipment for a predetermined temperature range, comprising:

A thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with flexible connector; And

The stabilizer unit that the size had is corresponding to this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this stabilizer unit comprises:

There is a lid of a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall covering in fact this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured for the outer surface reversibly mating this outer wall near this outside opening;

A central hole in this lid;

A wall, this wall defines in fact the tubular structure that the diameter of section had is less than the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and one end of this tubular structure is operationally attached on this lid;

A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, and this edge is positioned at from the end being operationally attached on this lid of this tubular structure, is less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector on this tubular structure;

A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, the thickness that the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than this lid with the hole in the surface of this lid and this wall edge between the combination of wall length;

A reversible fastening unit, to be operationally attached in a region near this reversible fastening unit hole in this lid on this lid and to be oriented to for being operationally attached to this positioning shaft;

An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines in fact an inner region;

A pivoting unit, the terminal area that this pivoting unit is operationally attached to this positioning shaft is positioned in this inner region;

A support unit, this support unit is operationally attached on this pivoting unit, and this support unit has and to stretch out when to be engaged in this inner region when certain size and shape rotates in one direction with this pivoting unit of box lunch and to rotate in the other directions with this pivoting unit of box lunch and through this hole in this wall;

Have a stub area of a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface in a hole of reversibly mating in a memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel;

At a base grip end of the end of this stub area, this base grip end comprises a surface, is be greater than one relative to the friction factor on the surface of the inwall of this container at the temperature of this surface between 2 degrees Celsius and 8 degrees Celsius;

A stretching unit for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for the inwall that resists this container on this base grip end and the side maintaining the surface being substantially perpendicular to this lid upwards pressure.

9. stablize and an extremely hypobaric equipment for setting up and maintaining one, comprising:

A structural region, it comprises reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, and this structural region is made up of heat sensitive material, and this structural region comprises described outer wall and described inwall and the described space between this outer wall and this inwall, and this space is tightness space;

An active region be made up of heat-resistant material, this active region comprises one or more getter;

To be attached on this structural region and the connector be attached on this active region, this connector comprise a flexure region and one be configured for the region of being carried out sealing and separating relative to this active region by this structural region; And

Operationally be attached to a vacuum pump on this connector.

10. equipment as claimed in claim 9, wherein this tightness space comprises:

Multilayer insulant.

11. equipment as claimed in claim 9, wherein this tightness space comprises:

Be in and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2gas under the pressure of holder.

12. equipment as claimed in claim 9, wherein this one or more getter comprises:

The getter material of non-vaporising.

13. equipment as claimed in claim 9, wherein this vacuum pump is enough to the inside of this structural region, this active region and this connector to empty to be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.

14. equipment as claimed in claim 9, comprising:

In a bubble-tight connected space of this structural region, this active region and this connector inside separately.

Stablize and extremely hypobaric method for setting up and maintaining one, comprising for 15. 1 kinds:

In a tightness equipment, set up vacuum, this equipment comprises at least one active region be made up of heat-resistant material, the structural region be made up of heat sensitive material and a connector between these regions;

This at least one active region is heated to the one section of activationary time being suitable for also being continued by the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region activate to be applicable to, maintains the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously;

This at least one active region and this one or more getter is allowed to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material;

These one or more getters through cooling are transferred to this structural region through this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling, maintain the vacuum set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; And

By the connector between these regions separately, maintain simultaneously and comprise this vacuum set up in this structural region of one or more getters of cooling,

Wherein this structural region comprises reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1.

16. methods as claimed in claim 15, wherein this vacuum of setting up comprises:

Foundation is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.

17. methods as claimed in claim 15, are wherein heated to be suitable for an activationary temperature being activated by the one or more getters in this at least one active region and continue one section of applicable activationary time comprise by this at least one active region:

This at least one active region be heated to the temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius and continue at least 45 minutes.

18. methods as claimed in claim 15, wherein allow this at least one active region and this one or more getter to be cooled to and comprise with a temperature of the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material:

This at least one active region is allowed to be cooled to ambient temperature by radiation heat loss.

19. methods as claimed in claim 15, wherein by the vacuum set up that these maintain in this tightness equipment through this connector is transferred to this structural region from this through one or more getters of cooling through at least one active region of cooling simultaneously, this comprises:

This connector is bent to allow these one or more getters through cooling to move to this structural region through this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling.

20. methods as claimed in claim 15, wherein by the vacuum set up that these maintain in this tightness equipment through this connector is transferred to this structural region from this through one or more getters of cooling through at least one active region of cooling simultaneously, this comprises:

This connector is bent so as to change this through cooling at least one active region relative to the relative positioning of this structural region about this connector.

21. 1 kinds for setting up in reservoir vessel and maintaining the method for vacuum, described reservoir vessel is reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 1, and described method comprises:

The structure member all in fact of this reservoir vessel is assembled;

This reservoir vessel is attached on a tightness equipment, the connector that this tightness equipment comprises a getter active region containing one or more getter, a vacuum pump and be may be operably coupled to by this reservoir vessel on this tightness equipment;

Activate this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the space of this reservoir vessel;

This reservoir vessel be heated to predetermined temperature and continue one period of scheduled time;

The activationary temperature being heated to this getter active region and this one or more getter be suitable for activating this one or more getter in this getter active region also continues the one section of activationary time be applicable to, and maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the space of this reservoir vessel simultaneously;

This getter active region and this one or more getter is allowed to be cooled to a predetermined temperature;

Make this connector carry out bending this reservoir vessel and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region to be positioned at above this reservoir vessel and this connector is straight line substantially in this relative position;

Allow this one or more getter to fall among the space in this reservoir vessel along this connector inside, maintain the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the space of this reservoir vessel simultaneously;

A position near this reservoir vessel by this connector separately, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure set up in the space of this reservoir vessel simultaneously,

Wherein this space is tightness space.

22. methods as claimed in claim 21, wherein activate this vacuum pump to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this reservoir vessel, this comprises:

Foundation is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2the air pressure of holder.